MARICOPA_COUNTY AZ_IMPLEMENTATION PROPOSAL_(REVPOST-NEGOT)_02.03.2015_ML....PDF

Motorola 800 MHz Rebanding Project
Maricopa County, AZ Agreement / Terms & Conditions
Reconfiguration Implementation Phase Agreement
Motorola Solutions, Inc. (“Motorola”) and Maricopa County (“Customer” or “Licensee”), whose main address is
3324 West Gibson Lane, Phoenix, AZ 85009, enter into this Reconfiguration Implementation Phase Agreement
(“Agreement”), pursuant to which Licensee will purchase and Motorola will sell the Reconfiguration
Implementation Phase Products and/or Services described below, and the parties will perform their duties as
described in this Agreement. Motorola and Licensee may be referred to individually as a “Party” and collectively as
the “Parties.” This Agreement is made with reference to the following recitals.
A. On August 6, 2004, the Federal Communications Commission (“FCC”) issued a Report and Order FCC 04-
168 that modified its rules governing the 800 MHz band to minimize harmful interference to public safety
communications systems. On December 22, 2004, the FCC issued a Supplemental Order and Order on
Reconsideration FCC 04-294. The August 6 and December 22, 2004 orders, and any supplemental orders issued by
the FCC, are collectively referred to as the “Order.”
B. Pursuant to the Order, certain licensees of 800 MHz channels used in public safety or other systems must
relinquish their existing channels and relocate their systems to other licensed channels (“Replacement Channels”);
and Nextel Communications, Inc. (this company and its affiliates are collectively referred to as “Nextel”) must
relinquish some of its existing channels and must provide and pay relocation funds (“Relocation Funds”) to enable
affected licensees (like Licensee) to relocate their systems onto Replacement Channels and reconfigure their systems
so that they are “Comparable Facilities” (as defined below).
C. The FCC has appointed a Transition Administrator (the “TA”) to ensure that the rebanding initiative
proceeds on schedule and in a planned and coordinated manner so that disruption to a licensee’s system is
minimized. In the TA’s published “Reconfiguration Handbook,” the two major phases to accomplish the
reconfiguration are described as the “Reconfiguration Planning Phase” and the “Reconfiguration Implementation
Phase.” This Agreement addresses only the Reconfiguration Implementation Phase. Licensee has selected
Motorola to provide the Reconfiguration Implementation Phase Products and Services (as defined below).
D. The Parties acknowledge that additional products or services may be needed for Licensee to achieve
Comparable Facilities, and these additional products may be provided by other vendors and these additional services
may be performed by Licensee’s own personnel or by its other contractors. This Agreement describes only the
Reconfiguration Implementation Phase Products and Services (and, if applicable, Upgrades) that Motorola is
providing to Licensee.
E. This Agreement is not intended to, and does not, apply to the delivery of any products or services that are
not related to the reconfiguration activities. If Licensee desires to purchase from Motorola products or services that
are not related to these reconfiguration activities, the Parties will document that transaction in another separate
contract. However, Licensee may use this Agreement to purchase upgraded subscriber equipment. Upgrades will
be paid with Licensee’s own funds and not by Nextel.
For good and valuable consideration, the Parties agree as follows:
Section 1 EXHIBITS
The exhibits listed below are incorporated into and made a part of this Agreement. In interpreting this Agreement
and resolving any ambiguities, the main body of this Agreement takes precedence over the exhibits and any
inconsistency between the exhibits will be resolved in their listed order.
Reconfiguration Implementation Phase Agreement - Tilles Ver. 09.10.13/10.16.13/11.07.13 custom.mwa.08.19.14 Rev Post-Negot 02/03/2015
Page 1
Motorola Proprietary and Confidential
Design, technical and pricing information contained in this offering is considered proprietary and may not be shared with any person or agency not directly associated
with the addressee without the express written consent of Motorola Solutions, Inc., or its designees.

Motorola 800 MHz Rebanding Project
Maricopa County, AZ Agreement / Terms & Conditions
Exhibit A Payment Milestone Schedule (Inapplicable to Subscriber Only Transactions)
Exhibit B System Acceptance Certificate (Inapplicable to Subscriber Only, No Services Transactions)
Exhibit C Motorola’s Proposal dated 08/22/2014, revised 09/26/2014, 10/01/2014 and 02/03/2015, which
includes all of the “Technical and Implementation Documents” such as (if applicable):
the “Reconfiguration Products List,”
the “Reconfiguration Services Statement of Work” or “SOW,” including Benchmark Tests, if any,
the “Reconfiguration Acceptance Test Plan” or “ATP,” and
the “Performance Schedule”
Section 2 DEFINITIONS
In addition to the defined terms above, capitalized terms used in this Agreement have the following meanings:
2.1. “Acceptance Tests” means those tests described in the Reconfiguration ATP, the primary purpose of which
is to verify that the Licensee’s System has been relocated onto Replacement Channels and reconfigured consistently
with this Agreement.
2.2. “Benchmark Tests” means the initial tests performed by Motorola on behalf of Licensee to determine the
current condition, capability, and functionality of Licensee’s System. Depending on the complexity and specific
requirements of the reconfiguration efforts, the Benchmark Tests may include testing of some or all of the
following: channel capacity, signaling capacity, baud rate and access time, geographic coverage, penetration,
redundancy, and other functional and operational capabilities and limitations of Licensee’s existing facilities. The
precise requirements of the Benchmark Tests are described in the Reconfiguration Services Statement of Work.
Qualified representatives of Licensee may observe the performance of the Benchmark Tests.
2.3. “Comparable Facilities” means, as more fully described at Section 90.699(d) of the FCC’s Rules, 47
C.F.R.§90.699(d), and as interpreted by the FCC in its orders and rulings, the Licensee’s System (including the
subscriber radio equipment) has at least the same operational capabilities that existed before relocation, including
(1) equivalent channel capacity; (2) equivalent signaling capacity, baud rate, and access time; (3) coextensive
geographical coverage; and (4) equivalent operating costs.
2.4. “Confidential Information” means any information that is disclosed in written, graphic, verbal, electronic,
or machine-recognizable form, and is marked, designated, labeled or identified at the time of disclosure as being
confidential or its equivalent; or if the information is in verbal form, it is identified as confidential or proprietary at
the time of disclosure and is confirmed in writing within thirty (30) days of the disclosure. Confidential Information
does not include any information that: is or becomes publicly known through no wrongful or negligent act of the
receiving party; is already known to the receiving party without restriction when it is disclosed; is, or subsequently
becomes, rightfully and without breach of this Agreement, of any other agreement between the Parties or of any
applicable protective or similar order, in the receiving party’s possession without any obligation restricting
disclosure; is independently developed by the receiving party without breach of this Agreement; or is explicitly
approved for release by written authorization of the disclosing party.
2.5. “Contract Price” means the price for the Reconfiguration Implementation Phase Products and Services,
whether set forth in one or multiple Proposals. The Contract Price excludes any applicable sales or similar taxes,
and any Rebanding Radios, Non-Kit Accessories, and Flash Kits which will be invoiced directly to Nextel pursuant
to Section 5.2.1.1.
2.6. “Cost Estimate” means the Licensee's certified estimate of costs as provided to Nextel and the
TA submitted in conjunction with a request for Relocation Funds to provide Comparable Facilities.
2.7. “Licensee’s Final Certification” means the Licensee’s final certification to Nextel and the TA certifying
that (i) the Acceptance Tests described in the Reconfiguration ATP have been satisfactorily completed, (ii) all
Reconfiguration Implementation Phase Agreement - Tilles Ver. 09.10.13/10.16.13/11.07.13 custom.mwa.08.19.14 Rev Post-Negot 02/03/2015
Page 2
Motorola Proprietary and Confidential
Design, technical and pricing information contained in this offering is considered proprietary and may not be shared with any person or agency not directly associated
with the addressee without the express written consent of Motorola Solutions, Inc., or its designees.

Motorola 800 MHz Rebanding Project
Maricopa County, AZ Agreement / Terms & Conditions
necessary reconfiguration work has been satisfactorily completed to provide Licensee with Comparable Facilities,
and (iii) Nextel and Licensee have agreed on the sum paid for such relocation of the Licensee's facilities.
2.8. “Customer Suitability Assessment” means the initial assessment services performed by Motorola to
determine whether Licensee’s System (infrastructure) is suitable for updating using the Motorola Software that has
been especially modified for purposes of the 800 MHz band reconfiguration.
2.9. “Effective Date” means that date upon which all Parties have executed this Agreement.
2.10. “Field Services” means for purposes of Sections 3.1.4.1, 3.1.4.3, 8.2.2, and 8.2.3 (but not Sections 3.5 and
3.5.2) the reflashing and installation of a Flash Kit (as defined in Section 3.1.4), firmware, programming, creation of
user templates and/or setting of local configurations or other on-site services in accordance with the FCC’s 800MHz
band plan on Licensee’s System. The term “Field Services” means for purposes of Sections 3.5 and 3.5.2 the work
of accepting, inspecting, programming and if applicable installing the Rebanding Radio (or upgraded radio) and
accumulating, inspecting and verifying for replacement eligibility, boxing and shipping the Trade-In Radios to the
warehouse for inspection by Nextel.
2.11. “Force Majeure” means a material event, circumstance, or act of a third party (including Nextel or the TA)
that is beyond a Party’s reasonable control. An act of God, the public enemy, a government entity, or another Party
(including another Party’s failure to comply with the 800 MHz Rules); strikes or other labor disturbances, general
unavailability of necessary materials, hurricanes, earthquakes, fires, floods, epidemics, embargoes, war, and riots are
examples of a Force Majeure.
2.12. “Infringement Claim” means a third-party claim alleging that the Reconfiguration Implementation Phase
Products manufactured by Motorola or any Motorola Software infringes upon the third-party’s United States patent
or copyright.
2.13. “Motorola Software” means Software that Motorola or its affiliated company owns.
2.14. “Non-Motorola Software” means Software that a party other than Motorola or its affiliated company owns.
2.15. “Non-Kit Accessory” means an accessory that is used for subscriber radios but is not part of the radio kit.
2.16. “Products” means either the hardware, Software, or both, that are provided under this Agreement.
2.17. “Proprietary Rights” means the patents, patent applications, inventions, copyrights, trade secrets,
trademarks, trade names, mask works, know-how, and other intellectual property rights in and to any documents
delivered by Motorola under this Agreement or any Motorola Software or equipment.
2.18. “Rebanding Radio” means a Motorola manufactured rebanding subscriber radio product (mobile or
portable), including the accessories in the radio kit, that is designed and manufactured specifically for the 800 MHz
rebanding initiative and is designated by Motorola with an “RB” model number.
2.19. “Reconfiguration Implementation Phase Products” means those Products to be provided by Motorola under
this Agreement.
2.20. “Reconfiguration Implementation Phase Services” means those implementation services to be provided by
Motorola under this Agreement.
2.21. “Reconfiguration Implementation Phase Products and Services” means those Reconfiguration
Implementation Phase Products and Reconfiguration Implementation Phase Services that Motorola sells under this
Agreement.
Reconfiguration Implementation Phase Agreement - Tilles Ver. 09.10.13/10.16.13/11.07.13 custom.mwa.08.19.14 Rev Post-Negot 02/03/2015
Page 3
Motorola Proprietary and Confidential
Design, technical and pricing information contained in this offering is considered proprietary and may not be shared with any person or agency not directly associated
with the addressee without the express written consent of Motorola Solutions, Inc., or its designees.

Motorola 800 MHz Rebanding Project
Maricopa County, AZ Agreement / Terms & Conditions
2.22. “Software” means the Motorola and Non-Motorola Software in object code format that is furnished under
this Agreement, including any releases or software kits to reprogram radios. This Agreement does not involve any
source code.
2.23. “Specifications” means the functionality and performance requirements that are described in the Technical
and Implementation Documents.
2.24. “System” means the hardware and software products that comprise the Licensee’s existing 800 MHz radio
communications system.
2.25. “System Acceptance” means the Acceptance Tests have been successfully completed.
2.26. “Trade-In Non-Kit Accessory” means a legacy accessory that is used for a Trade-In Radio but is not part of
the radio kit, is owned and has been used by the Licensee, and which will be provided to Motorola as a trade-in in
exchange for a Non-Kit Accessory on a one-for-one basis and which Nextel agrees to accept as a valid trade-in.
2.27. “Trade-In Radio” means a radio (whether manufactured by Motorola or any other manufacturer) that is
owned and has been used by a Customer, and which will be provided to Motorola as a trade-in in exchange for a
Rebanding Radio on a one-for-one basis and which Nextel agrees to accept as a valid trade-in.
2.28. “Upgrades” means upgraded features and functionalities to the Rebanding Radios that exceed what
Licensee requires for Comparable Facilities. If applicable, the Upgrades are to be paid by Licensee with its own
funds, and not by Nextel, and any portion of this transaction related to the Upgrades is not subject to the TA or
Nextel oversight.
Section 3 SCOPE OF AGREEMENT AND TERM
3.1. SCOPE OF WORK.
3.1.1. General. The Parties will perform their respective contractual responsibilities in accordance with this
Agreement, including the Technical and Implementation Documents.
3.1.2. Licensee Responsibilities. Licensee is responsible for all activities that are reasonable, necessary and
prudent to make the Licensee’s System satisfy the Comparable Facilities standard. Licensee has selected Motorola
to assist it in accomplishing these activities and has determined that the Reconfiguration Implementation Phase
Products and Services to be provided by Motorola under this Agreement are necessary for Licensee’s System to
satisfy the Comparable Facilities standard.
3.1.2.1. Licensee will designate a project manager who will be Licensee’s point of contact person.
Licensee will employ reasonable efforts to assist Motorola in providing the Reconfiguration Implementation Phase
Services, and will provide reasonable and timely access to Licensee’s equipment, facilities, personnel and relevant
information. However, Motorola recognizes that certain work sites will require security clearances, and Motorola
will cooperate in the timely provision of information sufficient to enable security credentials to be issued.
3.1.2.2. Licensee has contracted with Nextel in a Frequency Reconfiguration Agreement (“FRA”) which,
among other things, contractually obligates Nextel to pay directly to Motorola the Contract Price per the Payment
Milestone Schedule (Exhibit A). Promptly after execution of the FRA, Licensee will provide to Motorola a copy of
those portions of the FRA that pertain to Motorola’s services, products, pricing and payment, including Schedules C
and D to the FRA (redacted if necessary to exclude information not pertaining to Motorola).
3.1.2.3. Licensee has submitted its Cost Estimate to Nextel and the TA, and will provide amended certified
Cost Estimate(s) to Nextel and the TA if and when appropriate, including when any change order is requested by
either Party. For the limited purpose of assisting Nextel and the TA to evaluate Licensee’s Cost Estimate, Motorola
Reconfiguration Implementation Phase Agreement - Tilles Ver. 09.10.13/10.16.13/11.07.13 custom.mwa.08.19.14 Rev Post-Negot 02/03/2015
Page 4
Motorola Proprietary and Confidential
Design, technical and pricing information contained in this offering is considered proprietary and may not be shared with any person or agency not directly associated
with the addressee without the express written consent of Motorola Solutions, Inc., or its designees.

Motorola 800 MHz Rebanding Project
Maricopa County, AZ Agreement / Terms & Conditions
authorizes Licensee to and Licensee will provide to Nextel and the TA a copy of this Agreement, including the
exhibits and pricing, but such information is and remains Motorola Confidential Information as provided below in
Section 13 (and pursuant to Non-Disclosure Agreements Motorola has with Nextel and the TA). After the
successful completion of the Acceptance Tests described in the Reconfiguration ATP, Licensee will perform any
other tests necessary for it to verify that its System meets the Comparable Facilities standard; and upon that
verification, will submit Licensee’s Final Certification to Nextel and the TA.
3.1.2.4. For the limited purpose of assisting Nextel and the TA to verify consistency concerning the
rebanding products and services approved in the FRA and the rebanding Products and services ordered by Licensee
and provided to Licensee under this Agreement, either Motorola or Licensee may provide to Nextel and the TA
records showing the rebanding Products ordered, shipped, delivered, etc. (or a written summary of these records),
and the services performed, but such records shall remain the Confidential Information of the applicable Party as
determined by Section 13 below and will be protected under any non-disclosure agreements the Party has with
Nextel and the TA.
3.1.3. Motorola Responsibilities. Motorola will provide the Reconfiguration Implementation Phase Products, and
perform the Reconfiguration Implementation Phase Services, all in accordance with this Agreement. Motorola will
designate a point of contact person.
3.1.4. Reprogramming. (Note: this section is not applicable to every customer system.)
Motorola and Nextel have entered into an agreement (the “Development Services Agreement”) to modify and test
certain Motorola Software for rebanding because some customer systems have equipment that is capable of being
reprogrammed rather than being replaced. The Development Services Agreement is confidential, and nothing in this
Agreement is intended to reduce or nullify the confidential nature of the Development Services Agreement. As part
of the Development Services Agreement and subject to various requirements, limitations and restrictions, Motorola
has agreed to offer “Flash Kits” to appropriate customers so that their equipment may be reprogrammed.
Concerning infrastructure equipment, Motorola will provide Flash Kits only if Motorola has performed a Customer
Suitability Assessment and has determined that the customer’s equipment is suitable for reprogramming.
Concerning Motorola-manufactured subscriber equipment, Motorola will provide available Flash Kits without a
suitability assessment, but Licensee acknowledges that not all Motorola subscriber models are capable of being
reprogrammed. Even if a customer’s system is of the type and model that is suitable for reprogramming, if Motorola
determines that the customer’s system is not on the last release of the Motorola Software, reprogramming might be
infeasible or may require supplemental services, hardware, cabling, third party licensing fees, or other equipment to
migrate the customer’s system to the last supported version of the Motorola Software (referred to as “Direct
Installation Services”).
3.1.4.1. Based upon the results of the Customer Suitability Assessment, the Reconfiguration Services SOW
should indicate if Direct Installation Services are known and needed and, if so, the scope of the Direct Installation
Services; and the appropriate number and type of Flash Kits to be ordered from Motorola to match the requirements
of Licensee's System and upgrade plan as indicated in the Customer Suitability Assessment; and whether Motorola
proposes to perform the Field Services concerning the installation of the Flash Kits.
3.1.4.2. If Licensee (rather than Motorola) performs the inventory of System equipment, Licensee agrees
that its inventory report will be accurate and sufficiently detailed so that Motorola may perform the Customer
Suitability Assessment. If the inventory report contains inaccurate, erroneous, or incomplete inventory information,
Motorola is not liable for an incorrect or incomplete Customer Suitability Assessment; and any reassessment or
consequences caused by Licensee’s inaccurate, erroneous, or incomplete inventory information will be the
responsibility of Licensee.
3.1.4.3. Motorola is not obligated to (and does not intend to) offer, sell or provide to Licensee the Flash
Kits for infrastructure equipment if Motorola does not perform the Customer Suitability Assessment and determines
that Licensee’s System is suitable. As described above in Section 3.1.4, Motorola will offer to provide Flash Kits
for Motorola-manufactured subscriber radios without a suitability assessment. If Motorola performs the Customer
Reconfiguration Implementation Phase Agreement - Tilles Ver. 09.10.13/10.16.13/11.07.13 custom.mwa.08.19.14 Rev Post-Negot 02/03/2015
Page 5
Motorola Proprietary and Confidential
Design, technical and pricing information contained in this offering is considered proprietary and may not be shared with any person or agency not directly associated
with the addressee without the express written consent of Motorola Solutions, Inc., or its designees.

Motorola 800 MHz Rebanding Project
Maricopa County, AZ Agreement / Terms & Conditions
Suitability Assessment and determines that infrastructure equipment in Licensee’s System is suitable, and if
Motorola performs the Direct Installation Services, if needed, and if Licensee orders the Flash Kits, then Motorola
will offer to perform the Field Services (the scope and price of the Field Services will be addressed by means of a
change order). To the extent applicable, Motorola’s obligations to sell and provide Flash Kits, Direct
Installation Services, and/or Field Services will be expressly described in the Reconfiguration Products List
and Reconfiguration Services SOW. If they are not so described, then Section 3.1.4 is not applicable to this
transaction. Nothing in this Agreement shall restrict or limit a qualified third party service provider selected
by Licensee from performing Field Services, but if a party other than Motorola provides the Field Services,
the warranty in Section 8.2.2 is inapplicable.
3.2. CHANGE ORDERS.
3.2.1. General. Either Motorola or Licensee may request changes within the general scope of this Agreement
which, if agreed, will be reflected in a written change order. A change order is not effective until it is executed by
each of the Parties. The Parties will negotiate in good faith any requested change order. Licensee agrees not to
execute a change order without either (i) first obtaining the approval from Nextel and the TA or (ii) opting to pay for
the changed work as provided in Section 3.2.3 below.
3.2.2. Reconfiguration Implementation Phase Products and Services. If a requested change causes (or is likely to
cause) an increase in the Contract Price: (1) Motorola will provide Licensee with its written estimate of: (a) the
scope of the changes to the Products and Services, and (b) the increase in the Contract Price due to the requested
change, and (2) Licensee will perform its own analysis of the impact of the requested change on the Contract Price
and the necessity of the changes to achieve the Comparable Facilities standard, and (3) Licensee will submit to
Nextel and the TA its modified Cost Estimate and proposed FRA change order. Licensee will provide to Motorola a
copy of any approvals or rejections of modifications to the Cost Estimate and to the FRA by Nextel or the TA.
3.2.3. Change Orders Not Approved by Nextel and the TA. If the commencement of all or a portion of the
changed work is authorized in writing by Licensee but the change order is: (i) not submitted by Licensee to Nextel
and the TA, or (ii) submitted but not approved by Nextel and the TA, then the authorized change in the work and the
Contract Price may, at the sole option of Licensee, convert to a request for additional work to be paid by Licensee
with its own funds and the conversion will be without prejudice to Licensee’s right to submit or re-submit the
change order to Nextel or the TA or to dispute the decision by Nextel or the TA refusing to approve the change
order.
3.2.4. Emergency Change Orders. If the subject of a change order involves a total System failure or a critical
failure that diminishes radio communications and causes a significant public safety risk, and if Motorola and
Licensee reasonably conclude that remediation efforts must occur before Licensee obtains Nextel and TA approval,
then the Parties will follow the change order process to the extent reasonably practical, Motorola will perform the
remediation work described in the Emergency Change Order, Licensee will promptly request approval or ratification
of the Emergency Change Order by Nextel and the TA, and the provisions of Section 3.2.3 will apply if Nextel or
the TA withhold approval.
3.3. MAINTENANCE AND SUPPORT SERVICES. Other than the warranty services described in Section 8,
this Agreement does not cover any warranty, maintenance and support services. If Licensee and Motorola wish to
address maintenance and support services, they may do so in a separate agreement.
3.4. SOFTWARE. Motorola Software, including subsequent releases and Flash Kits, is licensed to Licensee in
accordance with Motorola’s applicable standard software license agreement (a copy of which will be provided to
Licensee upon request and is incorporated herein by this reference). Non-Motorola Software is licensed to Licensee
in accordance with the applicable standard software license agreement of the copyright owner on the Effective Date
unless the copyright owner has granted to Motorola the right to sublicense the Non-Motorola Software pursuant to
the applicable Motorola software license agreement, in which case it applies and the copyright owner will have all of
Licensor’s rights and protections under that Motorola software license agreement. Motorola makes no
Reconfiguration Implementation Phase Agreement - Tilles Ver. 09.10.13/10.16.13/11.07.13 custom.mwa.08.19.14 Rev Post-Negot 02/03/2015
Page 6
Motorola Proprietary and Confidential
Design, technical and pricing information contained in this offering is considered proprietary and may not be shared with any person or agency not directly associated
with the addressee without the express written consent of Motorola Solutions, Inc., or its designees.

Motorola 800 MHz Rebanding Project
Maricopa County, AZ Agreement / Terms & Conditions
representations or warranties of any kind regarding Non-Motorola Software. Licensee hereby accepts and agrees to
abide by all of the terms and restrictions of the applicable software license agreement.
3.5. REBANDING RADIOS AND TRADE-IN RADIOS. Licensee agrees that for each and every Rebanding
Radio (and, as applicable, Non-Kit Accessory) that Motorola provides to Licensee under this Agreement (and for
each and every upgraded radio that is provided in lieu of a Rebanding Radio by Motorola under any agreement),
Licensee shall deliver to Motorola a Trade-In Radio (and, as applicable, Trade-In Non-Kit Accessory) on a one-for-
one basis. A Trade-In Radio or Trade-In Non-Kit Accessory will be recognized as a valid trade in only if Nextel
accepts it as such during its process of inventorying, powering on, and inspecting the trade in units. Licensee will
deliver the Trade-In Radios and Trade-In Non-Kit Accessories to Motorola as soon as practical after they are
replaced by the Rebanding Radios and Non-Kit Accessories or at a different time mutually agreed by the Parties (but
in no event later than 90 days after delivery of the corresponding Rebanding (or upgraded) Radio; partial shipments
of Trade-In units are acceptable and are to occur no less frequently than monthly. Title to the Trade-In Radios and
Trade-In Non-Kit Accessories shall pass from Licensee to Motorola upon delivery. For the purpose of determining
when title to the Trade-In Radios or Trade-In Non-Kit Accessories passes from Licensee to Motorola under Section
3.5, the term 'delivery' means when Licensee has completely relinquished care and custody of the items, has
physically delivered them to the exclusive care and custody of Motorola or its subcontractor who is performing the
Field Services (as defined in Section 3.5.2), and Nextel has accepted them as a valid trade in. Licensee
acknowledges that Motorola intends to temporarily store the Trade-In Radios and Trade-In Non-Kit Accessories for
inspection and inventory by Motorola and Nextel and to destroy them thereafter. Licensee shall be responsible to
comply with its asset disposition policies and requirements concerning the Trade-In Radios and Trade-In Non-Kit
Accessories.
3.5.1. Licensee’s Failure to Deliver Trade-In Radios and/or Trade-In Non-Kit Accessories. If for any reason the
number of Rebanding Radios (or upgraded radios) and/or the number of Non-Kit Accessories delivered by Motorola
to Licensee exceeds the number of Trade-In Radios and/or the number of Trade-In Non-Kit Accessories delivered
by Licensee to Motorola and accepted as valid by Nextel (the “Unmatched Equipment”), then Motorola will notify
Licensee of this deficiency and Licensee will at its expense immediately return to Motorola the Unmatched
Equipment in new condition. A unit will not be considered to be new six (6) months after the date of delivery, even
if it is still in its unopened box. If Licensee fails to return the Unmatched Equipment to Motorola or if the
Unmatched Equipment is no longer in new condition, then Motorola may charge Licensee for retaining the
Unmatched Equipment and the unit price will be the full list price of the most similar non-rebanding Motorola radio
and/or Non-Kit Accessory (or such lesser price as Motorola in its sole discretion may determine). Alternatively,
Motorola may resort to any other available legal or equitable remedy, including specific performance. Licensee
acknowledges that Nextel is not responsible to pay for Unmatched Equipment and Licensee agrees to pay Motorola
for the Unmatched Equipment. Licensee acknowledges further that its FRA with Nextel has similar provisions.
3.5.2. Field Services. If the Statement of Work provides that Motorola will perform all of the “Field Services,”
then such services will include field verification that the Trade-In Radios are eligible for replacement and the
following additional provisions apply: (1) if during this field verification Motorola reasonably concludes the Trade-
In unit is not eligible for replacement, then the Licensee will immediately return to Motorola the corresponding
Rebanding Radio or upgraded radio to eliminate or minimize the Unmatched Equipment problem; (2) if during this
field verification Motorola reasonably concludes the Trade-In unit is eligible for replacement, then Motorola will
document this conclusion in a writing to Nextel if there subsequently arises an Unmatched Equipment issue, thereby
minimizing the risk that Nextel will reject the Trade-In as valid; and (3) Motorola will be the primary party (rather
than Nextel) to resolve with Licensee any Unmatched Equipment issues if they arise. However, if the Statement of
Work does not provide that Motorola will perform all of the “Field Services,” then Licensee will work primarily
with Nextel (and not Motorola) to resolve any Unmatched Equipment problems.
Section 4 PERFORMANCE SCHEDULE
4.1. SCHEDULE. The Parties will perform their respective responsibilities in accordance with the Performance
Schedule. As more fully described in the Statement of Work, the Parties will verify and, if necessary, modify the
Reconfiguration Implementation Phase Agreement - Tilles Ver. 09.10.13/10.16.13/11.07.13 custom.mwa.08.19.14 Rev Post-Negot 02/03/2015
Page 7
Motorola Proprietary and Confidential
Design, technical and pricing information contained in this offering is considered proprietary and may not be shared with any person or agency not directly associated
with the addressee without the express written consent of Motorola Solutions, Inc., or its designees.

Motorola 800 MHz Rebanding Project
Maricopa County, AZ Agreement / Terms & Conditions
Performance Schedule after the project kick-off meeting by means of a mutually executed change order (which
might require the approval of Nextel and the TA). In any Change Order, the Parties will determine whether (i) the
work should be postponed pending Nextel and TA review and approval, and (ii) negotiation support concerning the
Change Order is necessary. By executing this Agreement, Licensee represents that it has obtained all necessary
approvals (including Nextel, the TA, and if necessary its legislative or governing authority) and authorizes Motorola
to proceed with performance of this Agreement.
4.2. DELAYS. No Party will be liable for its non-performance or delayed performance if caused by a Force
Majeure. A Party will notify the other Party if it becomes aware of a Force Majeure that will significantly delay
performance. The notifying Party will give the notice promptly after it discovers the Force Majeure. If a Force
Majeure occurs, the Parties will execute a change order to extend the Performance Schedule for a time period that is
reasonable under the circumstances. If Licensee (including its other contractors), Nextel or the TA delays the
Performance Schedule, the Parties will execute a change order to extend the Performance Schedule and, if requested,
compensate Motorola for all reasonable charges incurred because of the delay. Delay charges may include costs
incurred by Motorola or its subcontractors for additional freight, warehousing and handling of Equipment; extension
of the warranties; travel; suspending and re-mobilizing the work; additional engineering, project management, and
Waiting Time calculated at then current rates; and preparing and implementing an alternative implementation plan.
The obligations of the respective Parties under this Agreement shall be suspended to the extent of, with respect to
and for the time the performance thereof is affected by a Force Majeure event. Upon the cessation of the Force
Majeure event, the Parties shall become obligated to resume and continue performance of their respective
obligations under the Agreement. Notwithstanding a Force Majeure event, the Parties shall diligently undertake all
reasonable effort to perform this Agreement.
Section 5 CONTRACT PRICE, PAYMENT AND INVOICING
5.1. CONTRACT PRICE.
5.1.1. Contract Price. The Contract Price for the Upgrades (if applicable) in U.S. dollars is $0. Licensee agrees
to pay the Contract Price for Upgrades and any applicable taxes and acknowledges that Nextel is not obligated to
pay for Upgrades and applicable taxes. Motorola will not disclose to Licensee the price for Rebanding Radios (or
RB radio equivalents if they are upgraded), Non-Kit Accessories, and Flash Kits but those items are covered by
Section 5.2.1.1 below. The Contract Price in U.S. dollars for all other Reconfiguration Implementation Phase
Products and Services is $2,768,494.00, as set forth in the Pricing Summary sheets in the applicable Proposal.
Licensee represents that (1) its Cost Estimate is sufficient to cover the Contract Price and any applicable sales or
similar taxes; and (2) Nextel and the TA have reviewed and approved Licensee’s Cost Estimate.
5.1.2. Payment from Nextel; Licensee Not Liable for Contract Price. Except for the Upgrades and applicable
taxes, payment of the Contract Price and the price for Rebanding Radios (or RB radio equivalents if they are
upgraded), Non-Kit Accessories, and Flash Kits is to come from Nextel and Licensee is not liable to pay Motorola
these amounts. If Nextel fails to pay Motorola, Licensee shall not be liable to pay Motorola the Contract Price or
applicable taxes. Notwithstanding the above, if Nextel pays any portion of this amount to Licensee rather than to
Motorola, Licensee will immediately forward the payment to Motorola. Motorola agrees to accept direct payments
from Nextel if Nextel clearly identifies the applicable Motorola invoice; Motorola further agrees to apply these
direct payments from Nextel to the Contract Price.
5.1.3. Motorola’s Protections Concerning Payment by Nextel. If requested by Motorola, Licensee, in accordance
with Section 5.2, will execute upon completion of the milestone the applicable Incumbent Acknowledgement form
and any other necessary documents and take all such actions that are reasonable or necessary to promote the prompt
payment by Nextel to Motorola, provided such actions do not require Licensee to participate in any litigation over
non-payment by Nextel. The Parties will cooperate with each other and provide to each other, and to Nextel and the
TA, such information (other than Confidential Information, which is governed by Section 13.1) as is reasonable or
necessary to facilitate the prompt payment of the Contract Price to Motorola.
Reconfiguration Implementation Phase Agreement - Tilles Ver. 09.10.13/10.16.13/11.07.13 custom.mwa.08.19.14 Rev Post-Negot 02/03/2015
Page 8
Motorola Proprietary and Confidential
Design, technical and pricing information contained in this offering is considered proprietary and may not be shared with any person or agency not directly associated
with the addressee without the express written consent of Motorola Solutions, Inc., or its designees.

Motorola 800 MHz Rebanding Project
Maricopa County, AZ Agreement / Terms & Conditions
5.2. INVOICING AND PAYMENT.
5.2.1. Invoicing. Motorola will send to Licensee correct invoices for Upgrades upon shipment of the upgraded
radio, and payment is due within thirty (30) days of receipt of invoice. Motorola will invoice Nextel for the
Rebanding Radios (or RB radio equivalents if they are upgraded), Non-Kit Accessories, and Flash Kits upon
shipment in accordance with a confidential agreement between Motorola and Nextel. As to the other
Reconfiguration Implementation Phase Products and Services, Motorola will submit correct invoices to Licensee,
with a copy to Nextel, in accordance with the pre-approved payment milestones set forth in Exhibit A. Licensee’s
contact person and address for invoice purposes are: Thomas Crosby, Maricopa County, 3324 West Gibson
Lane, Phoenix, AZ 85009 ~ Fax: (602) 275-1638 ~ Phone: (602) 506-5264 ~ E-Mail:
tomcrosby@mail.maricopa.gov. Licensee may change this contact person or address by written notice to
Motorola. Upon receipt of an invoice, Licensee will promptly (but in no event longer than ten (10) calendar days)
inspect the invoice, verify whether it correctly states the payment milestone, and, if correct, notify Nextel in writing
(via facsimile or priority overnight carrier) that Licensee approves the invoice and accepts the milestone (the
“Approval Notification”). Licensee will attach a copy of the invoice to the Approval Notification. When Licensee
sends to Nextel the Approval Notification, Licensee will concurrently provide to Motorola’s project manager a copy
of the Approval Notification so that Motorola may know approximately when Nextel receives it. If for any reason
Licensee disapproves the invoice, Licensee will promptly give written notice to both Motorola and Nextel; the
disapproval notice will explain the reasons for Licensee’s disapproval. Motorola will promptly correct any
inaccurate invoice that Licensee disapproves, and resubmit the corrected invoice using the same process as
described above in this paragraph. However, if disapproval of the invoice is a result of a deficiency in performance
of work, activity, meeting schedule or deliverable, then Motorola must correct the deficiency before a revised
invoice can be submitted to the Licensee and the process within this section begins again.
5.2.1.1. Motorola will provide to Licensee only a bill of lading for Rebanding Radios, Non-Kit
Accessories, and Flash Kits, and provide the applicable invoice directly to Nextel; or Motorola may provide to
Licensee an invoice at the typical sales prices/values for these products or at zero dollars ($0) with a notation that
reflects the fact that Nextel has paid (or will pay) for these products directly to Motorola. If Motorola presents to
Licensee a bill of lading or an invoice as permitted by this Section 5.2.1.1, Licensee will follow the Approval
Notification process as described above but may assume the invoice amount is correct (and has no liability for
incorrect invoices).
5.2.2. Tax ID Number. Motorola’s Federal Tax Identification Number is 36-1115800.
5.2.3. Audit of Licensee’s Records. The Order provides that after the reconfiguration work is completed, the TA
will perform an audit of Licensee’s records and “true up” or reconciliation procedure, whereby the reconfiguration
work actually performed will be examined relative to the reconfiguration work described in Licensee’s Cost
Estimate, and any payment adjustments will be calculated and made. Within six (6) months after Motorola
completes its work under this Agreement but before this true up procedure, Motorola and Licensee will work
together in good faith and will act reasonably in order for Licensee to accurately account for the invoices from and
payments to Motorola in a “project closeout” process. If necessary, during the project closeout process, the Parties
will execute a change order to conform the scope of the actual reconfigured work performed to the scope of the
contracted reconfigured work; this change order may result in an increase or decrease to the Contract Price. If
requested within twelve (12) months after Motorola completes its work under this Agreement, Motorola will provide
reasonable assistance to Licensee in its true up activities to the extent the issues were not adequately covered during
the project closeout process. Nothing in this Agreement grants Nextel, the TA, the FCC, any part of the U.S. federal
government, or Licensee the right to audit Motorola’s records concerning this firm, fixed price Agreement or any
other matter.
5.3. FREIGHT, TITLE, AND RISK OF LOSS. Motorola will prepay and add all freight charges to the
invoices. Title to the Products, excluding Software, will pass from Motorola to Licensee upon shipment. Software
is governed by the applicable software license agreement. Risk of loss to Products will pass from Motorola to
Licensee upon delivery. Motorola will pack and ship all Products in accordance with good commercial practices.
Reconfiguration Implementation Phase Agreement - Tilles Ver. 09.10.13/10.16.13/11.07.13 custom.mwa.08.19.14 Rev Post-Negot 02/03/2015
Page 9
Motorola Proprietary and Confidential
Design, technical and pricing information contained in this offering is considered proprietary and may not be shared with any person or agency not directly associated
with the addressee without the express written consent of Motorola Solutions, Inc., or its designees.

Motorola 800 MHz Rebanding Project
Maricopa County, AZ Agreement / Terms & Conditions
Section 6 SITES AND SITE CONDITIONS (To the extent applicable.)
6.1. ACCESS TO SITES. Licensee will provide any necessary construction and building permits, zoning
variances, licenses, and any other approvals that are necessary to develop or use the sites or equipment; and access
to the Licensee’s work sites as reasonably requested by Motorola so that it may perform its duties in accordance
with the Performance Schedule and Reconfiguration Services Statement of Work.
6.2. SITE CONDITIONS. Licensee will ensure that all work sites it provides will be safe, secure, and in
compliance with all applicable OSHA and industry standards, including R-56. To the extent applicable, Licensee
will ensure that these work sites have adequate physical space; air conditioning and other environmental conditions;
electrical power outlets, distribution and equipment; and telephone or other communication lines (including modem
access and adequate interfacing networking capabilities), all for the installation, use and maintenance of the System.
Before installing the Products or performing services at a Licensee work site, Motorola will inspect the work site
and advise Licensee of any apparent deficiencies or non-conformities with the requirements of this Section.
Section 7 SYSTEM ACCEPTANCE (Inapplicable to Subscriber Only Transactions)
7.1. COMMENCEMENT OF ACCEPTANCE TESTING. Motorola will provide to Licensee at least five (5)
days notice before the Acceptance Tests commence. Acceptance testing will occur only in accordance with the
Reconfiguration ATP.
7.2. SYSTEM ACCEPTANCE. System Acceptance will occur upon successful completion of the Acceptance
Tests. Upon System Acceptance, Licensee and Motorola will memorialize this event by promptly executing the
System Acceptance Certificate. If Licensee reasonably believes that the completed Acceptance Tests have failed,
Licensee will provide to Motorola a written notice that includes the specific details of the failure. If Licensee does
not provide to Motorola the notice within thirty (30) days after completion of the Acceptance Tests, System
Acceptance will be deemed to have occurred as of the completion of the Acceptance Tests. Minor omissions or
variances in the System that do not materially impair the operation of the System as a whole will not postpone
System Acceptance, but will be corrected according to a mutually agreed punch list schedule.
7.3. FINAL PROJECT ACCEPTANCE. Final Project Acceptance will occur after System Acceptance and
when all Motorola deliverables have been delivered and all Motorola work as described in this Agreement has been
completed. When Final Project Acceptance occurs, Licensee and Motorola will promptly memorialize this final
event by so indicating in the appropriate place on the System Acceptance Certificate.
7.4. COPIES TO NEXTEL AND THE TRANSITION ADMINISTRATOR. Licensee will provide to both
Nextel and the TA a copy of all executed System Acceptance Certificates.
Section 8 REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES (To the extent applicable.)
8.1. EQUIPMENT AND PARTS WARRANTY.
8.1.1. Equipment. For one (1) year from the date of System Acceptance or Beneficial Use, whichever occurs
first, Motorola warrants that newly manufactured equipment it provides under this Agreement will be free from
material defects in materials and workmanship under normal use and service. As used in Section 8, the term
“Beneficial Use” means use for the intended purpose, excluding testing and training. This Agreement does not
create or extend any warranties concerning equipment that was part of the System and was already in service at the
Effective Date.
8.1.2. Parts. For ninety (90) days from the date of shipment to Licensee for controller boards and for one (1) year
for all other parts, Motorola warrants that component parts and boards that it provides under this Agreement will be
free from material defects in materials and workmanship under normal use and service.
Reconfiguration Implementation Phase Agreement - Tilles Ver. 09.10.13/10.16.13/11.07.13 custom.mwa.08.19.14 Rev Post-Negot 02/03/2015
Page 10
Motorola Proprietary and Confidential
Design, technical and pricing information contained in this offering is considered proprietary and may not be shared with any person or agency not directly associated
with the addressee without the express written consent of Motorola Solutions, Inc., or its designees.

Motorola 800 MHz Rebanding Project
Maricopa County, AZ Agreement / Terms & Conditions
8.2. MOTOROLA SOFTWARE WARRANTY.
8.2.1. Standard Software Warranty in Newly Manufactured Equipment. For one (1) year from the date of System
Acceptance or Beneficial Use, whichever occurs first, Motorola warrants the unmodified Motorola Software
installed or embedded in newly manufactured equipment and delivered under this Agreement, when used properly
and in accordance with the product documentation, will be free from a reproducible defect that eliminates the
functionality or successful operation of a feature critical to the primary functionality or successful operation of the
Motorola Software. Whether a defect occurs will be determined solely with reference to the published product
documentation. Except as provided in Section 8.2.2, this Agreement does not create or extend any warranties
concerning Software that was part of the System and was already in service at the Effective Date.
8.2.2. Special Motorola Software “Flash Kit” Warranty. This special Motorola Software warranty applies only to
(i) Flash Kits for subscriber radios if Motorola receives Licensee’s order for the appropriate number and type of
Flash Kits and performs the Field Services concerning the subscriber radios; and to (ii) Flash Kits for infrastructure
Equipment if Motorola performs the Customer Suitability Assessment, determines in writing that Licensee’s System
is suitable, performs the Direct Installation Services, if needed, receives Licensee’s order for the appropriate number
and type of Flash Kits, and performs the Field Services concerning the infrastructure equipment.
THE MOTOROLA SOFTWARE, I.E., THE FLASH KITS, WHEN INSTALLED BY MOTOROLA, WILL
PERFORM IN ALL MATERIAL RESPECTS AND WILL INCLUDE MATERIALLY ALL FEATURES
AND FUNCTIONALITY AS THE LAST MOTOROLA-SUPPORTED VERSION OF MOTOROLA
SOFTWARE IN THE SYSTEM AND SUBSCRIBER EQUIPMENT. TO FURTHER AND
SPECIFICALLY CLARIFY, THE FLASH KITS MODIFY THE LAST MOTOROLA-SUPPORTED
VERSION OF THE MOTOROLA SOFTWARE TO ENABLE THE EQUIPMENT IN WHICH THE
MOTOROLA SOFTWARE IS INSTALLED TO OPERATE ON BOTH THE CURRENT FREQUENCY
BAND AS WELL AS THE NEW FREQUENCY BAND AFTER THE EQUIPMENT IS RECONFIGURED,
AND IT IS THOSE REBANDING MODIFICATIONS THAT MOTOROLA WARRANTS WILL RESULT
IN MATERIALLY THE SAME FEATURES AND FUNCTIONALITY VERSUS THE LAST
MOTOROLA-SUPPORTED VERSION OF THE MOTOROLA SOFTWARE. MOTOROLA IS NOT
PROVIDING A WARRANTY FOR ANY CHANGES OR LOSS IN FEATURES AND FUNCTIONALITY
THAT MIGHT RESULT FROM FIRST HAVING TO UPGRADE ANY EXISTING LEGACY SYSTEM
OR EQUIPMENT TO THE LAST MOTOROLA-SUPPORTED VERSION OF THE MOTOROLA
SOFTWARE. LICENSEE WILL HAVE NINETY (90) DAYS FROM SYSTEM ACCEPTANCE OR
BENEFICIAL USE OF THE MOTOROLA SOFTWARE, WHICHEVER OCCURS FIRST, TO NOTIFY
MOTOROLA IN WRITING OF A SOFTWARE WARRANTY CLAIM AS PROVIDED IN THIS
SECTION 8.2.2. FOR PURPOSES OF THE PRECEDING SENTENCE, THE TERM “BENEFICIAL USE”
MEANS WHEN THE EQUIPMENT CONTAINING THIS MOTOROLA SOFTWARE IS USED FOR ITS
INTENDED PURPOSE, EXCLUDING TESTING AND TRAINING, AND WILL BE DETERMINED
CONCERNING TWO EVENTS: FIRST, WHEN THE MOTOROLA SOFTWARE IS INSTALLED TO
OPERATE ON THE CURRENT FREQUENCY BAND, AND AGAIN AFTER THE FIXED NEXTWORK
EQUIPMENT IS RECONFIGURED ON THE NEW FREQUENCY BAND. AFTER RECEIPT OF THE
NOTICE, MOTOROLA WILL PROMPTLY MAKE A GOOD FAITH INVESTIGATION OF THE
WARRANTY CLAIM; AND IF THIS INVESTIGATION CONFIRMS A VALID WARRANTY CLAIM,
MOTOROLA WILL (AT ITS OPTION AND SOLE OBLIGATION AND THE CUSTOMER’S
EXCLUSIVE REMEDY) EITHER: (1) CORRECT THE SOFTWARE DEFECT WITHOUT FURTHER
CHARGE TO NEXTEL OR LICENSEE; (2) ACCEPT A RETURN OF THE EQUIPMENT THAT
CONTAINS THE DEFECTIVE SOFTWARE AND OFFER TO EXCHANGE AN EQUIVALENT
PRODUCT PURSUANT TO THIS AGREEMENT AND PROVIDE A CREDIT AGAINST THE
PURCHASE PRICE IN THE AMOUNT EQUAL TO THE DIMINUTION IN VALUE OF THE
EQUIPMENT CONTAINING THE DEFECTIVE SOFTWARE; OR (3) PAY TO LICENSEE AN
AMOUNT EQUAL TO THE DIMINUTION IN VALUE OF THE EQUIPMENT CONTAINING THE
DEFECTIVE SOFTWARE. THIS ACTION WILL BE THE FULL EXTENT OF MOTOROLA’S
LIABILITY FOR THIS SOFTWARE DEFECT WARRANTY CLAIM.
Reconfiguration Implementation Phase Agreement - Tilles Ver. 09.10.13/10.16.13/11.07.13 custom.mwa.08.19.14 Rev Post-Negot 02/03/2015
Page 11
Motorola Proprietary and Confidential
Design, technical and pricing information contained in this offering is considered proprietary and may not be shared with any person or agency not directly associated
with the addressee without the express written consent of Motorola Solutions, Inc., or its designees.

Motorola 800 MHz Rebanding Project
Maricopa County, AZ Agreement / Terms & Conditions
8.2.3. Flash Kit Medium Warranty. For 120 days from the date of shipment to Licensee or until System
Acceptance if Motorola is performing the Field Services, Motorola warrants that the Flash Kit medium (i.e., the
disks and/or dongles) that it provides under this Agreement will be in usable condition. To assert a warranty claim
under this Section 8.2.3, Licensee must notify Motorola in writing of the claim before the expiration of the warranty
period. Upon receipt of this notice, Motorola will provide one replacement Flash Kit medium to Customer as its
sole and exclusive remedy for a breach of this Flash Kit Medium warranty.
8.3. RECONFIGURATION SERVICES WARRANTY. Motorola is not providing any new or additional
warranties or extensions concerning Licensee-owned equipment or previously installed Software that is modified by
the Reconfiguration Implementation Phase Services (except as provided in Section 8.2.2, if applicable). However, if
that equipment or Software is covered under a written warranty or a maintenance contract between Licensee and
Motorola that was entered into prior to the Effective Date, this Agreement does not adversely affect those pre-
existing rights of Licensee. For ninety (90) days from the date of System Acceptance, Motorola warrants that the
Reconfiguration Implementation Phase Services were performed in a good and workmanlike manner. THIS
RECONFIGURATION SERVICES WARRANTY DOES NOT COVER ANY SERVICES OR DUTIES
PERFORMED OR OWED BY NEXTEL, LICENSEE, OR ANY OTHER CONTRACTOR HIRED BY THEM.
MOTOROLA DOES NOT WARRANT THAT LICENSEE’S SYSTEM WILL BE COMPARABLE FACILITIES
AFTER THE RECONFIGURATION WORK IS COMPLETED. IF LICENSEE BELIEVES ITS SYSTEM DOES
NOT ACHIEVE COMPARABLE FACILITIES STATUS AFTER THE RECONFIGURATION WORK IS
COMPLETED, IT MAY REQUEST FURTHER CHANGE ORDERS TO ACHIEVE COMPARABLE
FACILITIES, THE CONTRACT PRICE WILL BE INCREASED ACCORDINGLY, AND ANY DISPUTE IN
THIS MATTER WILL BE SUBMITTED TO THE TRANSITION ADMINISTRATOR FOR NON-BINDING
MEDIATION AND RESOLUTION.
8.4. EXCLUSIONS TO EXPRESS WARRANTIES. These warranties do not apply to: (i) defects or damage
resulting from use of the Products in other than their normal, customary, and authorized manner; misuse, accident,
liquids, neglect, or acts of God; testing, maintenance, disassembly, repair, installation, alteration, modification, or
adjustment not provided or authorized in writing by Motorola; or Licensee’s failure to comply with all applicable
industry and OSHA standards; (ii) interoperability of Reconfigured Products with other subsystems (e.g., a CAD);
(iii) breakage of or damage to antennas unless caused directly by defects in material or workmanship; (iv) batteries
or other consumables; (v) freight costs to ship Equipment to the repair depot; (vi) scratches or other cosmetic
damage to Equipment surfaces that does not affect the operation of the Equipment; and (vii) normal or customary
wear and tear. In addition to the above exclusions, the following exclusion applies because some radios fail and
cannot accept a rebanding flash due to their age or condition. Concerning the following Motorola radio models,
MTS 2000, MCS 2000, Astro Spectra, Astro Saber, and XTS 3000, if a unit fails during an attempted installation by
Motorola of a rebanding flash, then Motorola’s repair depot will make a good faith effort to perform a software
recovery (with Nextel’s authorization) without any warranty concerning the recovery service and Motorola will
return the unit to Licensee but will not perform any other service concerning that unit. Licensee acknowledges and
agrees that if such unit fails or continues to be inoperable after an actual or attempted software recovery, it will
resolve the issue with Nextel and not Motorola. Licensee also acknowledges that Motorola may end this software
recovery support service of the above listed obsolete radio models at any time without prior notice and if any unit
failures occur after that time, Licensee will also need to resolve the issue solely with Nextel.
8.5. WARRANTY CLAIMS. To assert a warranty claim (other than concerning Section 8.2.2 or 8.2.3),
Licensee must notify Motorola in writing of the claim before the date which is thirty (30) calendar days after the
expiration of the warranty period. Upon receipt of this notice, Motorola will investigate the warranty claim. If this
investigation confirms a valid warranty claim, Motorola will (at its option and at no additional charge to Licensee)
repair the defective Product (or part), replace it with the same or equivalent Product (or part), or re-perform the
Reconfiguration Services. This action will be the full extent of Motorola’s liability hereunder and constitutes
Licensee’s sole remedy. Repaired or replaced Product and parts are warranted for the balance of the original
applicable warranty period. All replaced Products or parts will become the property of Motorola.
Reconfiguration Implementation Phase Agreement - Tilles Ver. 09.10.13/10.16.13/11.07.13 custom.mwa.08.19.14 Rev Post-Negot 02/03/2015
Page 12
Motorola Proprietary and Confidential
Design, technical and pricing information contained in this offering is considered proprietary and may not be shared with any person or agency not directly associated
with the addressee without the express written consent of Motorola Solutions, Inc., or its designees.

Motorola 800 MHz Rebanding Project
Maricopa County, AZ Agreement / Terms & Conditions
8.6. ORIGINAL LICENSEE IS COVERED. These express limited warranties are extended by Motorola to the
original Licensee and are not assignable or transferable.
8.7. DISCLAIMER OF OTHER WARRANTIES. THESE WARRANTIES ARE THE COMPLETE
WARRANTIES FOR THE PRODUCTS, EQUIPMENT, MOTOROLA SOFTWARE, AND
RECONFIGURATION SERVICES PROVIDED UNDER THIS AGREEMENT AND ARE GIVEN IN LIEU OF
ALL OTHER WARRANTIES. EXCEPT FOR THE FOREGOING EXPRESS WARRANTIES, THE PRODUCTS,
EQUIPMENT, MOTOROLA SOFTWARE, AND RECONFIGURATION SERVICES ARE PROVIDED “AS IS”
AND MOTOROLA DISCLAIMS ALL OTHER WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED,
INCLUDING THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
PURPOSE. MOTOROLA DOES NOT WARRANT THAT LICENSEE’S USE OF THE MOTOROLA
SOFTWARE OR PRODUCTS WILL BE UNINTERRUPTED OR ERROR-FREE OR THAT THE SOFTWARE
OR THE PRODUCTS WILL MEET LICENSEE’S PARTICULAR REQUIREMENTS. MOTOROLA MAKES
NO WARRANTIES CONCERNING NON-MOTOROLA SOFTWARE. LICENSEE IS RESPONSIBLE FOR,
AND MOTOROLA MAKES NO WARRANTY CONCERNING, THE BACK-UP AND DISASTER RECOVERY
PROCEDURES, FACILITIES AND EQUIPMENT, OR DATA ENTRY AND LOADING. MOTOROLA DOES
NOT WARRANT THAT THE SYSTEM OR EQUIPMENT OR SOFTWARE IN THE SYSTEM THAT IS
MODIFIED BY THE RECONFIGURATION SERVICES, OR ANY NEWLY PROVIDED EQUIPMENT OR
SOFTWARE, WILL SATISFY THE COMPARABLE FACILITIES STANDARD; THAT DETERMINATION IS
FOR LICENSEE TO MAKE. THIS DISCLAIMER OF WARRANTY CONSTITUTES AN ESSENTIAL PART
OF THIS AGREEMENT.
Section 9 DISPUTES
9.1. SETTLEMENT PREFERRED. Except as otherwise required by the Order (e.g., Cost Estimate disputes)
and except for a claim relating to intellectual property or breach of confidentiality provisions, the Parties, through
their respective project or system managers, will attempt to settle any dispute arising from this Agreement through
consultation and good faith negotiation. The dispute will be escalated to appropriate higher level managers of the
Parties, if necessary. If cooperative efforts fail, the dispute will be mediated by a mediator chosen by the Parties
within thirty (30) days after notice by one of the Parties demanding non-binding mediation. The Parties will not
unreasonably withhold their consent to the selection of a mediator and will share the cost of the mediation equally;
may postpone mediation until they have completed some specified but limited discovery about the dispute; and may
replace mediation with another form of non-binding alternative dispute resolution (“ADR”).
9.2. LITIGATION. A Party may submit to a court of competent jurisdiction in the state in which the System is
installed any claim relating to intellectual property or a breach of confidentiality provisions and any dispute that
cannot be resolved between the Parties through negotiation or mediation within two (2) months after the date of the
initial demand for non-binding mediation. Each Party consents to jurisdiction over it by that court. The use of ADR
procedures will not be considered under the doctrine of laches, waiver, or estoppel to affect adversely the rights of
either Party. Either Party may resort to the judicial proceedings described in this section before the expiration of the
two-month ADR period if good faith efforts to resolve the dispute under these procedures have been unsuccessful;
or interim relief from the court is necessary to prevent serious and irreparable injury to the Party.
Section 10 DEFAULT AND TERMINATION
If a Party fails to perform a material obligation under this Agreement, the other Party to whom performance is due
may consider the non-performing Party to be in default (unless a Force Majeure causes the failure) and may assert a
default claim by giving the non-performing Party a written and detailed notice of default. The defaulting Party will
have thirty (30) days after receipt of the notice of default to either cure the default or, if the default is not curable
within thirty (30) days, to provide a written cure plan. The defaulting Party will begin implementing the cure plan
immediately after receipt of notice by the other Party that it approves the cure plan. If Licensee is the defaulting
Party, Motorola may stop work on the project until it approves the cure plan or receives payment. Motorola will not
assert a default against Licensee due to Nextel’s failure to pay the Contract Price or applicable taxes. If a defaulting
Reconfiguration Implementation Phase Agreement - Tilles Ver. 09.10.13/10.16.13/11.07.13 custom.mwa.08.19.14 Rev Post-Negot 02/03/2015
Page 13
Motorola Proprietary and Confidential
Design, technical and pricing information contained in this offering is considered proprietary and may not be shared with any person or agency not directly associated
with the addressee without the express written consent of Motorola Solutions, Inc., or its designees.

Motorola 800 MHz Rebanding Project
Maricopa County, AZ Agreement / Terms & Conditions
Party fails to cure the default, unless otherwise agreed in writing, the non-defaulting Party may terminate any
unfulfilled portion of this Agreement. In the event of termination for default, the defaulting Party will promptly
return to the non-defaulting Parties any of its Confidential Information, except that Licensee shall retain any records
required to be maintained under applicable law. Non-defaulting Parties will use reasonable efforts to mitigate
damages.
Section 11 INDEMNIFICATION
11.1. POTENTIAL DAMAGE TO EXISTING EQUIPMENT. Licensee acknowledges that Motorola,
Licensee’s employees, or others might cause damage to equipment that is part of Licensee’s System when
performing the Reconfiguration Services, and that such damage may occur in the absence of negligence by any
party. Before Licensee asserts a damage claim against Motorola under this section, it will first investigate the cause
of the damage. Except for damage caused by Motorola’s own negligence or intentional wrongdoing, Motorola shall
not otherwise be liable to Licensee. However, if this damage is caused by Motorola’s negligent or intentional
conduct, Motorola at its option shall repair or replace the damaged equipment if not otherwise covered under a then
effective warranty and/or maintenance agreement or refund an amount equal to the direct damages recoverable
under applicable law but subject to Section 12. Motorola will not select the refund option if the repair option is
commercially practical. This provision does not diminish any rights Licensee might have under any pre-existing
Motorola warranty or maintenance agreement.
11.2. INDEMNITY BY MOTOROLA. Motorola will defend at its expense and hold harmless Licensee against
any claim, suit, demand, or cause of action brought by a third party against Licensee that is based on and to the
extent it is caused by the negligence or willful misconduct of Motorola, its subcontractors, or their employees or
agents, while performing their duties under this Agreement, and which results in personal injury, death, or direct
damage to tangible property (“Motorola Claim”). Motorola will indemnify Licensee from any liability, judgment,
awards and damages resulting from a Motorola Claim and pay all losses, expenses or direct damages incurred by
Licensee and caused by the Motorola Claim. The foregoing indemnity is conditioned on (i) Licensee giving
Motorola prompt, written notice of any Motorola Claim, and providing to Motorola cooperation (and, if requested,
reasonable assistance) in the defense of the Motorola Claim; and (ii) Motorola having sole control in the defense of
the Motorola Claim and all negotiations for its settlement or compromise, provided such settlement or compromise
includes a full release of Licensee or is otherwise approved in writing by Licensee. Motorola will have no
indemnity liability for the negligence or fault of Licensee, its other contractors, Nextel, or the TA, or any of their
employees, agents or representatives. This section states the full extent of Motorola’s general indemnification from
liabilities that are in any way related to Motorola’s performance under this Agreement. If a third party asserts a
claim against both Parties, each Party will defend itself and will pay the claim to the extent of its percentage
liability. For example, if the Parties have equal liability for the claim, they each will pay one-half of the amount
plus their own defense costs.
11.3. PATENT AND COPYRIGHT INFRINGEMENT.
11.3.1. Motorola will defend at its expense any suit brought against Licensee to the extent that it is based on an
Infringement Claim, and Motorola will indemnify Licensee for those costs and damages finally awarded against
Licensee for an Infringement Claim. Motorola’s duties to defend and indemnify are conditioned upon: Licensee
promptly notifying Motorola in writing of the Infringement Claim; Motorola having sole control of the defense of
the suit and all negotiations for its settlement or compromise; Licensee providing to Motorola cooperation and, if
requested, reasonable assistance in the defense of the Infringement Claim.
11.3.2. If an Infringement Claim occurs, or in Motorola's opinion is likely to occur, Motorola may at its option and
expense procure for Licensee the right to continue using the Products, replace or modify them so that they become
non-infringing while providing functionally equivalent performance, or grant Licensee a credit for the Products as
depreciated and accept their return.
Reconfiguration Implementation Phase Agreement - Tilles Ver. 09.10.13/10.16.13/11.07.13 custom.mwa.08.19.14 Rev Post-Negot 02/03/2015
Page 14
Motorola Proprietary and Confidential
Design, technical and pricing information contained in this offering is considered proprietary and may not be shared with any person or agency not directly associated
with the addressee without the express written consent of Motorola Solutions, Inc., or its designees.

Motorola 800 MHz Rebanding Project
Maricopa County, AZ Agreement / Terms & Conditions
11.3.3. Motorola will have no duty to defend or indemnify for any Infringement Claim that is based upon the
combination of the Products with any software, apparatus or device not furnished by Motorola; the use of ancillary
equipment or software not furnished by Motorola and that is attached to or used in connection with the Products; any
Product that is not Motorola’s design or formula; a modification of the Motorola Software by a party other than
Motorola; the failure by Licensee to install an enhancement release to the Motorola Software that is intended to
correct the claimed infringement, or, to the extent that the Infringement Claim could have been avoided or losses
diminished if Licensee implemented Motorola’s new Products as part of the reconfiguration rather than modifying
existing or used products. In no event will Motorola’s liability resulting from its indemnity obligation to Licensee
extend in any way to royalties payable on a per use basis or the Licensee’s revenues, or any royalty basis other than
a reasonable royalty based upon revenue derived by Motorola from Licensee from sales or license of the infringing
Product.
11.3.4. This section provides Licensee’s sole and exclusive remedies and Motorola’s entire liability in the event of
an Infringement Claim. Licensee has no right to recover and Motorola has no obligation to provide any other or
further remedies, whether under another provision of this Agreement or any other legal theory or principle, in
connection with an Infringement Claim. In addition, the rights and remedies provided in this Section 11 are subject
to and limited by the restrictions set forth in Section 12 below.
Section 12 LIMITATION OF LIABILITY
Licensee acknowledges that the limitations set forth in this Section are integral to the prices being charged by
Motorola under this Agreement, and that if Motorola assumed further liability other than as set forth in this Section
12, the prices would of necessity be set substantially higher. This limitation of liability provision survives the
expiration or termination of the Agreement and applies notwithstanding any contrary provision in this Agreement.
Except for personal injury or death (and any Motorola claim pursuant to Section 11.2 above resulting in personal
injury or death) caused by or as a result of the Reconfiguration Products and Services, Motorola's total liability,
whether for breach of contract, warranty, negligence, strict liability in tort, indemnification, contribution, or
otherwise, will be limited to the direct damages recoverable under law, but not to exceed the Contract Price.
ALTHOUGH THE PARTIES ACKNOWLEDGE THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH LOSSES OR DAMAGES,
THEY AGREE THAT MOTOROLA (AND ITS OFFICERS, DIRECTORS, EMPLOYEES, SHAREHOLDERS,
AGENTS AND REPRESENTATIVES) WILL NOT BE LIABLE FOR ANY COMMERCIAL LOSS;
INCONVENIENCE; LOSS OF USE, TIME, DATA, GOOD WILL, REVENUES, PROFITS, OPPORTUNITIES
OR SAVINGS; OR OTHER SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES IN
ANY WAY RELATED TO OR ARISING FROM THIS AGREEMENT (REGARDLESS OF THE FORM OF
ACTION), THE SALE OR USE OF THE PRODUCTS, EQUIPMENT OR SOFTWARE, OR THE
PERFORMANCE OF SERVICES BY MOTOROLA PURSUANT TO THIS AGREEMENT. ALL CLAIMS BY A
PARTY AGAINST ANOTHER PARTY, WHETHER IN TORT, CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY OR
OTHERWISE, MUST BE BROUGHT WITHIN TWO YEARS FROM THE DATE THE CAUSE OF ACTION
ACCRUES EXCEPT FOR MONEY DUE UPON AN OPEN ACCOUNT. Some states do not allow the exclusion
or limitation of implied warranties or limitation of liability for incidental or consequential damages, so the above
limitations or exclusions may not apply in those states. However, the Parties intend for this Section 12 to apply to
the maximum extent allowed under applicable law.
Section 13 CONFIDENTIALITY AND PROPRIETARY RIGHTS
13.1. CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION. During the term of this Agreement, the Parties may provide each
other with Confidential Information. Any inventory report or Customer Suitability Assessment concerning
Licensee’s System that Motorola prepares for and delivers to Licensee shall be the Confidential Information of
Licensee unless otherwise agreed by the Parties in writing. Any other document concerning the reconfiguration of
Licensee’s System that Motorola prepares for and delivers to Licensee under this Agreement (collectively,
“Documentary Deliverable”) shall be the Confidential Information of Motorola unless otherwise agreed by the
Parties in writing.
Reconfiguration Implementation Phase Agreement - Tilles Ver. 09.10.13/10.16.13/11.07.13 custom.mwa.08.19.14 Rev Post-Negot 02/03/2015
Page 15
Motorola Proprietary and Confidential
Design, technical and pricing information contained in this offering is considered proprietary and may not be shared with any person or agency not directly associated
with the addressee without the express written consent of Motorola Solutions, Inc., or its designees.

Motorola 800 MHz Rebanding Project
Maricopa County, AZ Agreement / Terms & Conditions
13.1.1. Non-Disclosure. Subject to applicable public records laws or other state, federal and local laws, each Party
will: maintain the confidentiality of the other Party’s Confidential Information and not disclose it to any third party,
except as authorized by the disclosing Party in writing or as required by a court of competent jurisdiction; restrict
disclosure of Confidential Information to its employees, attorneys, accountants and/or consultants who have a “need
to know” and who have executed adequate non-disclosure agreements with Licensee; and not copy or reproduce the
Confidential Information; take necessary and appropriate precautions to guard the confidentiality of the Confidential
Information, including informing its employees, attorneys, accountants and/or consultants who have a need to know
and who have access to it that it is confidential and not to be disclosed to others, but those precautions will be at
least the same degree of care that the receiving Party applies to its own confidential information and will not be less
than reasonable care. The confidentiality restrictions and obligations contained herein shall be in addition to any
confidentiality restrictions or obligations contained in any other agreement (whether prior to, contemporaneous or
subsequent to the date of this Agreement) between Motorola on the one hand and the TA, Nextel or Licensee on the
other hand, as well any protective order or confidentiality restrictions or rules issued by the FCC or the TA.
13.1.2. Use. Unless otherwise provided in this Agreement, a Party may use the Confidential Information of the
other Party only in furtherance of the performance of this Agreement or any other agreement between the Parties.
Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, Motorola may use the information in any inventory report or Customer
Suitability Assessment for its own business purposes or to assist Licensee or its other contractors or consultants in
the overall effort to plan and reconfigure Licensee’s System. Except for a Documentary Deliverable, Confidential
Information is and will at all times remain the property of the disclosing Party, and no grant of any proprietary rights
in the Confidential Information is hereby given or intended, including any express or implied license, other than the
limited right of the recipient to use the Confidential Information in the manner and to the extent permitted by this
Agreement or any other agreement between the Parties.
13.2. PRESERVATION OF MOTOROLA’S PROPRIETARY RIGHTS. Motorola, the third party manufacturer
of any Equipment, and the owner of any Non-Motorola Software own and retain all of their respective Proprietary
Rights in the Equipment and Software. Nothing in this Agreement is intended to restrict the Proprietary Rights of
Motorola, any owner of Non-Motorola Software, or any third party manufacturer of Equipment. All intellectual
property developed, originated, or prepared by Motorola in connection with providing to Licensee the Products or
services remain vested exclusively in Motorola, and this Agreement does not grant to Licensee (or Nextel) any
shared development rights of intellectual property. Except as explicitly provided in the applicable Software License
Agreement, Motorola does not grant to Licensee (or Nextel), either directly or by implication, estoppel, or
otherwise, any right, title or interest in Motorola’s Proprietary Rights. Licensee (and Nextel) will not modify,
disassemble, peel components, decompile, otherwise reverse engineer or attempt to reverse engineer, derive source
code or create derivative works from, adapt, translate, merge with other software, reproduce, distribute, sublicense,
sell or export the Software, or permit or encourage any third party to do so. The preceding sentence will not apply
to Open Source Software, if any, which is governed by the standard license of the copyright owner.
Section 14 GENERAL
14.1. TAXES. The Contract Price does not include any amount for taxes, assessments or duties, all of which will
be paid by Nextel or by Licensee as to the Upgrades, except as exempt by law.
14.2. ASSIGNABILITY AND SUBCONTRACTING. No Party may assign this Agreement without the prior
written consent of the other Party. Motorola may subcontract any portion of the work, but subcontracting will not
relieve Motorola of its duties under this Agreement. Motorola will make reasonable commercial efforts to obtain
Licensee’s prior written approval concerning any subcontractor who will perform work under this Agreement, but
any authorized Motorola Service Shop shall be deemed approved. Licensee will not unreasonably withhold or delay
its approval of any proposed subcontractor. All subcontractors’ personnel having access to sites, system equipment
or system data may be required to pass a security clearance prior to commencement of any subcontracted work, as
required by the Licensee. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Motorola may assign this Agreement to any of its
affiliates or its right to receive payment without the prior consent of Licensee. In addition, in the event Motorola
separates one or more of its businesses (each a “Separated Business”), whether by way of a sale, establishment of a
Reconfiguration Implementation Phase Agreement - Tilles Ver. 09.10.13/10.16.13/11.07.13 custom.mwa.08.19.14 Rev Post-Negot 02/03/2015
Page 16
Motorola Proprietary and Confidential
Design, technical and pricing information contained in this offering is considered proprietary and may not be shared with any person or agency not directly associated
with the addressee without the express written consent of Motorola Solutions, Inc., or its designees.

Motorola 800 MHz Rebanding Project
Maricopa County, AZ Agreement / Terms & Conditions
joint venture, spin-off or otherwise (each a “Separation Event”), Motorola may, without the prior written consent of
the other Party and at no additional cost to Motorola, assign this Agreement such that it will continue to benefit the
Separated Business and its affiliates (and Motorola and its affiliates, to the extent applicable) following the
Separation Event.
14.3 WAIVER. Failure or delay by a Party to exercise any right or power under this Agreement will not operate
as a waiver of the right or power. For a waiver of a right or power to be effective, it must be in writing signed by the
waiving Party. An effective waiver of a right or power will not be construed as either a future or continuing waiver
of that same right or power, or the waiver of any other right or power.
14.4. SEVERABILITY. If a court of competent jurisdiction renders any provision of this Agreement (or portion
of a provision) to be invalid or otherwise unenforceable, that provision or portion of the provision will be severed
and the remainder of this Agreement will continue in full force and effect as if the invalid provision or portion of the
provision were not part of this Agreement.
14.5. INDEPENDENT CONTRACTORS. Each Party is an independent contractor with respect to the other, and
a Party and its personnel will not be considered to be employees or agents of the other Party. Nothing in this
Agreement grants a Party the right or authority to make commitments of any kind for the other. This Agreement
will not constitute, create, or in any way be interpreted as a joint venture, partnership or formal business
organization of any kind.
14.6. HEADINGS AND SECTION REFERENCES. The section headings in this Agreement are inserted only
for convenience and are not to be construed as part of this Agreement or as a limitation of the scope of the particular
section to which the heading refers. This Agreement is an arm’s length transaction and will be fairly interpreted in
accordance with its terms and conditions and not for or against a Party.
14.7. GOVERNING LAW. This Agreement and the rights and duties of the parties will be governed by and
interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State in which the System is installed.
14.8. ENTIRE AGREEMENT. This Agreement, including all Exhibits, constitutes the entire agreement of the
Parties regarding the subject matter of this Agreement and supersedes all previous agreements, proposals, and
understandings, whether written or oral, relating to that subject matter (but not any other product sales, software
license, or maintenance and support agreements). This Agreement may be amended or modified only by a written
instrument signed by authorized representatives of the Parties. The preprinted terms and conditions found on any
Licensee purchase order, acknowledgment or other form will not be considered an amendment or modification of
this Agreement, even if a representative of each Party signs the document.
14.9. NOTICES. Notices required to be given by a Party to the others must be in writing and either delivered in
person or sent to the address shown below by certified mail, return receipt requested and postage prepaid (or by a
recognized courier service, such as Federal Express, UPS, or DHL), or by facsimile with correct answerback
received, and will be effective upon receipt:
Motorola Solutions, Inc. Licensee
Attn: Steven Maxwell, Resource Mgr. T7 Attn: Thomas Crosby
Motorola Solutions, Inc. Rebanding Maricopa County
1812 Avenue R 3324 West Gibson Lane
Plano, TX 75074 Phoenix, AZ 85009
Ph: (214) 287-0836 Ph: (602) 506-5264
Fax: (847) 761-1333 Fax: (602) 275-1638
E-mail: StevenMaxwell@motorolasolutions.com E-mail: tomcrosby@mail.maricopa.gov
Reconfiguration Implementation Phase Agreement - Tilles Ver. 09.10.13/10.16.13/11.07.13 custom.mwa.08.19.14 Rev Post-Negot 02/03/2015
Page 17
Motorola Proprietary and Confidential
Design, technical and pricing information contained in this offering is considered proprietary and may not be shared with any person or agency not directly associated
with the addressee without the express written consent of Motorola Solutions, Inc., or its designees.

Motorola 800 MHz Rebanding Project
Maricopa County, AZ Agreement / Terms & Conditions
14.10. COMPLIANCE WITH APPLICABLE LAWS. Each Party will comply with all applicable federal, state,
and local laws, regulations and rules concerning the performance of this Agreement or use of the System. Licensee
will obtain and comply with all FCC licenses and authorizations required for the installation, operation and use of
the System before the scheduled installation of the Equipment.
14.11. AUTHORITY TO EXECUTE AGREEMENT. Each Party represents to the other that it has obtained all
necessary approvals, consents and authorizations to enter into this Agreement and to perform its duties under this
Agreement; the person executing this Agreement on its behalf has the authority to do so; upon execution and
delivery of this Agreement by the Parties, it is a valid and binding contract, enforceable in accordance with its terms;
and the execution, delivery, and performance of this Agreement does not violate any bylaw, charter, regulation, law
or any other governing authority of the Party.
14.12. VOLUNTARY AGREEMENT. Each Party represents and warrants that it is fully aware of the terms
contained in this Agreement and has voluntarily entered into this Agreement, having had a full and fair opportunity
to seek the advice of counsel and other professionals or consultants as it considers necessary.
14.13. NO LIENS. Motorola agrees not to lien Licensee’s System to secure payment of the Contract Price.
Motorola agrees to look solely to the Letters of Credit as security for payment of any amounts not paid by Nextel
when due, and Motorola hereby waives its rights of lien, and agrees not to file any liens, arising out of the
performance of reconfiguration services against Licensee's premises or property. Nothing contained in this section
shall be deemed to limit any other remedies available to Motorola at law or equity. Motorola shall at all times
promptly pay for all services, materials, equipment, and labor used or furnished by Motorola in the performance of
reconfiguration services for Licensee and shall, to the fullest extent allowed by law, at its expense, keep such
Licensee's premises and property free and clear of any and all liens and rights of lien arising out of services, labor,
equipment or materials furnished by Motorola or its employees, suppliers, vendors, or subcontractors to such
Licensee in connection with the reconfiguration services performed by Motorola for Licensee.
14.14. SURVIVAL OF TERMS. The following provisions survive the expiration or termination of this
Agreement for any reason: Section 3.4 (Software); Section 3.5 (Rebanding Radios and Trade-In Radios); if any
payment obligations exist, Section 5 (Contract Price, Payment and Invoicing); to the extent applicable, Section 8
(Representations and Warranties); Section 9 (Disputes); Section 11 (Indemnification); Section 12 (Limitation of
Liability); and Section 13 (Confidentiality and Proprietary Rights); and all of the General provisions in Section 14.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have caused this Agreement to be executed by their duly authorized
representatives.
INCUMBENT: MOTOROLA:
MARICOPA COUNTY, ARIZONA MOTOTOLA SOLUTIONS, INC.
AUTHORIZED SIGNATURE AUTHORIZED SIGNATURE
NAME: NAME: DAVID C. NASH
TITLE: CHAIRMAN, BOARD OF SUPERVISORS TITLE: REBANDING SI LEAD
DATE: DATE:
ATTEST: ATTEST:
CLERK OF THE BOARD
Reconfiguration Implementation Phase Agreement - Tilles Ver. 09.10.13/10.16.13/11.07.13 custom.mwa.08.19.14 Rev Post-Negot 02/03/2015
Page 18
Motorola Proprietary and Confidential
Design, technical and pricing information contained in this offering is considered proprietary and may not be shared with any person or agency not directly associated
with the addressee without the express written consent of Motorola Solutions, Inc., or its designees.

Motorola 800 MHz Rebanding Project
Maricopa County, AZ Agreement / Terms & Conditions
MARICOPA COUNTY AGREEMENT NO.
The undersigned attorney has determined that said
agreement is in proper form and is within the powers
and authority granted under the laws of the State of
Arizona.
Date this __________ day of __________, 20__
By ____________________________
Attorney
Nextel Assigned Deal Number: DL8910428094
Reconfiguration Implementation Phase Agreement - Tilles Ver. 09.10.13/10.16.13/11.07.13 custom.mwa.08.19.14 Rev Post-Negot 02/03/2015
Page 19
Motorola Proprietary and Confidential
Design, technical and pricing information contained in this offering is considered proprietary and may not be shared with any person or agency not directly associated
with the addressee without the express written consent of Motorola Solutions, Inc., or its designees.

Motorola 800 MHz Rebanding Project
Maricopa County, AZ Agreement / Terms & Conditions
Exhibit A
Payment Milestone Schedule
Depending on the Contract Price set forth in Section 5.1.1, the following payment milestones apply:
1. Contract Price < $300,000
Mobilization (i.e., contract execution) 50%
Motorola SOW Complete/System Acceptance 50%
2. Contract Price $300,000 to $1,000,000
Mobilization (i.e., contract execution) 35%
Complete Programming & Installation
of Subscriber Equipment 45%
Motorola SOW Complete/System Acceptance 20%
3. Contract Price > $1,000,000
Mobilization (i.e., contract execution) 35%
Shipment of Subscriber Equipment 20%
Complete Programming & Installation
of Subscriber Equipment 15%
Complete Rebanding Infrastructure/Final
Cutover 15%
Motorola SOW Complete/System Acceptance 15%
Reconfiguration Implementation Phase Agreement - Tilles Ver. 09.10.13/10.16.13/11.07.13 custom.mwa.08.19.14 Rev Post-Negot 02/03/2015
Page 20
Motorola Proprietary and Confidential
Design, technical and pricing information contained in this offering is considered proprietary and may not be shared with any person or agency not directly associated
with the addressee without the express written consent of Motorola Solutions, Inc., or its designees.

Motorola 800 MHz Rebanding Project
Maricopa County, AZ Agreement / Terms & Conditions
Exhibit B
System Acceptance Certificate
Licensee Name: Maricopa County, AZ
Project Name: Motorola 800 MHz Rebanding Project
This System Acceptance Certificate memorializes the occurrence of System Acceptance. Motorola and Licensee
acknowledge that:
1. The Acceptance Tests set forth in the Acceptance Test Plan have been successfully completed.
2. The System is accepted.
Licensee Representative: Motorola Solutions, Inc. Representative:
Signature: ____________________________ Signature: ____________________________
Print Name: ___________________________ Print Name: ___________________________
Title: ________________________________ Title: ________________________________
Date: ________________________________ Date: ________________________________
FINAL PROJECT ACCEPTANCE:
Motorola has provided and Licensee has received all deliverables, and Motorola has performed all other work
required for Final Project Acceptance.
Licensee Representative: Motorola Solutions, Inc. Representative:
Signature: ____________________________ Signature: ____________________________
Print Name: ___________________________ Print Name: ___________________________
Title: ________________________________ Title: ________________________________
Date: ________________________________ Date: ________________________________
Reconfiguration Implementation Phase Agreement - Tilles Ver. 09.10.13/10.16.13/11.07.13 custom.mwa.08.19.14 Rev Post-Negot 02/03/2015
Page 21
Motorola Proprietary and Confidential
Design, technical and pricing information contained in this offering is considered proprietary and may not be shared with any person or agency not directly associated
with the addressee without the express written consent of Motorola Solutions, Inc., or its designees.

Motorola 800 MHz Rebanding Project
Maricopa County, AZ Agreement / Terms & Conditions
Exhibit C
Motorola’s Proposal
Including the Technical and Implementation Documents
Reconfiguration Implementation Phase Agreement - Tilles Ver. 09.10.13/10.16.13/11.07.13 custom.mwa.08.19.14 Rev Post-Negot 02/03/2015
Page 22
Motorola Proprietary and Confidential
Design, technical and pricing information contained in this offering is considered proprietary and may not be shared with any person or agency not directly associated
with the addressee without the express written consent of Motorola Solutions, Inc., or its designees.

Motorola 800 MHz Rebanding Project
Maricopa County, AZ Reconfiguration Proposal/Statement of Work
RECONFIGURATION PROPOSAL
INCLUDING PLANNING PHASE DELIVERABLES
Maricopa County
Smartzone IR sites Connected to an ASTRO P25 7.14 Core Via Smart-X
MOTO v6.1r
Rev Post-Negot 02/03/2015
Page 23
Motorola Confidential Proprietary
Design, technical and pricing information contained in this offering is considered proprietary and may not be shared with
any person or agency not directly associated with the addressee without the express written consent of Motorola Solutions, Inc., or its designees.

Motorola 800 MHz Rebanding Project
Maricopa County, AZ Reconfiguration Proposal/Statement of Work
TABLE OF CONTENTS
1.0 INTRODUCTION
2.0 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
3.0 INTERMODULATION STUDY (IM)
4.0 SYSTEM INVENTORY AND SUITABILITY ASSESSMENT
5.0 INTEROPERABILITY
6.0 IMPLEMENTATION PLAN FOR SYSTEM RECONFIGURATION
7.0 MOTOROLA PROFESSIONAL SERVICES
8.0 LOCAL SERVICE SUPPORT
9.0 NOTIFICATION AND CONDITIONS FOR WORK
10.0 LICENSING
11.0 RISKS
12.0 FRA NEGOTIATION SUPPORT
13.0 SYSTEM ACCEPTANCE
14.0 RECONFIGURATION PRICING
ATTACHMENTS
MOTO v6.1r
Rev Post-Negot 02/03/2015
Motorola Confidential Proprietary Page 24
Design, technical and pricing information contained in this offering is considered proprietary and may not be shared with
any person or agency not directly associated with the addressee without the express written consent of Motorola Solutions, Inc., or its designees.

Motorola 800 MHz Rebanding Project
Maricopa County, AZ Reconfiguration Proposal/Statement of Work
1.0 INTRODUCTION
This document provides the deliverables as described in the Reconfiguration Planning Statement
of Work as well as the proposal to reconfigure the Maricopa County radio communications
system.
2.0 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
The Maricopa County radio system consists of Smartzone IR sites connected to an ASTRO P25
7.14 core via Smart-X along with two Command on Wheels (COW) vehicles.
The trunking system includes fifteen 7.14 IR sites. The fifteen sites are located at White Tanks,
Bronco, CCB (Central Court Building), Oatman, ORD, Yarnell, SEC (South East Center),
Durango, Humboldt, Towers, Chandler, Smith, TPK (Thompson Peak), Gillen, and Scottsdale.
In addition to the trunked system, Maricopa County operates two Command on Wheels (COW)
vehicles named COW 201 and COW 243. COW 201 contains one conventional repeater. COW
243 contains two conventional repeaters.
There are 5,478 portable radios and 1,456 mobile radios and 13 Consolettes affiliated with the
system.
ASSUMPTIONS
This quotation to provide rebanding services to Maricopa County is based upon information
supplied by Maricopa County or those authorized to act on its behalf. Motorola deems this
information credible, accurate and current.
Any missing information should be provided to Motorola as soon as possible. Any unconfirmed
information should be validated as soon as possible. Inaccurate information could alter or
modify the terms of this quotation.
Motorola understands that Maricopa County will negotiate directly with Sprint Nextel for any
parts inventory items stocked by Maricopa County and its representatives used to maintain their
system. Therefore, these items have not been included as part of this proposal.
The proposed system cutover plan listed in this reconfiguration proposal is specific only to the
Licensee to whom this proposal is addressed. The proposed cutover plan may not be final and is
subject to revision with the approval of the Licensee. It does not take into account any
unforeseen delays, frequency changes, TA blocking report engineering analysis or a need for
additional mobilizations that may result from region-wide reconfiguration coordination planning
(to be performed by others). If any changes occur as mentioned above or if any FNE cutover
design modifications are needed, including an update to the cutover plan and schedule, a change
order will be required.
MOTO v6.1r
Rev Post-Negot 02/03/2015
Motorola Confidential Proprietary Page 25
Design, technical and pricing information contained in this offering is considered proprietary and may not be shared with
any person or agency not directly associated with the addressee without the express written consent of Motorola Solutions, Inc., or its designees.

Motorola 800 MHz Rebanding Project
Maricopa County, AZ Reconfiguration Proposal/Statement of Work
Subscriber template development time listed in this proposal may need to be adjusted due to
design/implementation changes that could not be foreseen during the planning phase. If any
modifications are needed, a change order will be required.
Motorola engineering examined the TA blocking reports for the licensee’s frequencies and
analyzed their impact on the system cutover plan. This one time analysis assumes that Sprint will
advise the Licensee and Motorola of any changes to the TA frequency blocking reports at a later
date; prior to the system cutover. If Motorola is requested to provide a secondary frequency
blocking analysis at a later date and/or if the system cutover plan needs to be re-designed due to
changes in frequency blocking, a change order will be required.
Two channels at the Chandler site are blocked from rebanding by Com Rents and Arizona Public
Service. These licensees are also blocking channels at the White Tanks and ORD sites from
being rebanded. One existing frequency at the Thompson Peak site is blocking twelve sites
belonging to the City of Phoenix, one City of Mesa site, and one Gila River Indian Community
site from rebanding. Another existing frequency at Thompson Peak prevents two sites belonging
to the Central Arizona Water Conservation District from rebanding. An existing frequency at the
Durango site is blocking twelve sites belonging to the City of Phoenix as well as a Gila River
Indian Community site from rebanding.
Intermodulation studies are based on the final frequencies assigned by the TA. The
intermodulation studies do not include any transitional configurations necessitated by the TA’s
Blocking Reports or by a regional cutover plan. If the TA makes any frequency reassignments
after the initial Frequency Reports are distributed, Motorola will identify the costs of new
intermodulation studies and new Blocking Report analysis in a Change Order.
All site’s receive antenna operating bandwidths are unknown. Funding has been included for
sweeping these antennas to verify operating bandwidth prior to reconfiguration.
Motorola understands that all Posse radios require flash kits, and that all other subscribers only
require a retune. Any changes to this understanding will be reflected via change order.
Maricopa County has conventional mutual aid repeaters at White Tanks Yarnell, and Thompson
Peak. Although these repeaters are owned by Maricopa County they will not be rebanded as part
of this project, but will be reconfigured under the AIRS (Arizona Interagency Radio System)
rebanding project. These repeaters and antenna systems are not addressed by this proposal.
During negotiations, Maricopa County agreed to have EMR manufactured bi-directional
amplifiers at 4th Avenue Room 1.6 (one unit), Towers Jail (one unit), and in the South Court
Towers (two units) retrofitted with new filters rather than have the units replaced. Because the
retrofitting work must be done at the factory, these four units must be removed from service,
shipped to the factory, retrofitted, shipped back, and re-installed. Areas served by these bi-
directional amplifiers will be without radio service during the time that the units are being
modified.
MOTO v6.1r
Rev Post-Negot 02/03/2015
Motorola Confidential Proprietary Page 26
Design, technical and pricing information contained in this offering is considered proprietary and may not be shared with
any person or agency not directly associated with the addressee without the express written consent of Motorola Solutions, Inc., or its designees.

Motorola 800 MHz Rebanding Project
Maricopa County, AZ Reconfiguration Proposal/Statement of Work
Motorola will provide coverage drive tests (Method III tests) for two Maricopa County sites to
be determined at project kickoff. The data will be provided for information only.
FREQUENCIES
As provided by Maricopa County, the following table(s) lists the original transmit and receive
(Tx/Rx) frequencies in MHz, and the corresponding post rebanding frequencies as assigned to
the customer, listed by site (as they appear in the control channel list):
Trunking Frequencies
White Tanks
Original After re-banding
License -
Channel # Transmit Receive Transmit Receive
FCC Call Signs
frequency, MHz frequency, MHz frequency, MHz frequency, MHz
1-CC 868.9375 823.9375 853.9375 808.9375 KNNN306
2-CC 868.9125 823.9125 853.9125 808.9125 KNNN306
3 868.7875 823.7875 853.7875 808.7875 KNNN306
4 866.2750* 821.2750 851.2750** 806.2750 WQJS304
5 866.8625 821.8625 851.8625 806.8625 KNNN306
6 866.8375 821.8375 851.8375 806.8375 KNNN306
7 866.7125 821.7125 851.7125 806.7125 KNNN306
8 866.6875 821.6875 851.6875 806.6875 KNNN306
9 866.5625 821.5625 851.5625 806.5625 KNNN306
10 866.4375 821.4375 851.4375 806.4375 KNNN306
11 866.3625 821.3625 851.3625 806.3625 KNNN306
12 866.2875 821.2875 851.2875** 806.2875 KNNN306
Notes: Those frequencies impacted by rebanding are marked in bold.
* Base Station Identifier pre-rebanding – this is not a control channel.
**Base Station Identifier post-rebanding - will not cause a change in the control channel list.
Trunking Frequencies
Bronco
Original After re-banding
License -
Channel # Transmit Receive Transmit Receive
FCC Call Signs
frequency, MHz frequency, MHz frequency, MHz frequency, MHz
1-CC 868.8750 823.8750 853.8750 808.8750 KNNN306
2-CC 866.8125 821.8125 851.8125 806.8125 KNNN306
3 866.2625 821.2625 851.2625** 806.2625 KNNN306
4 866.0750* 821.0750 851.0750** 806.0750 WQJS304
Notes: Those frequencies impacted by rebanding are marked in bold.
* Base Station Identifier pre-rebanding – this is not a control channel.
**Base Station Identifier post-rebanding - will not cause a change in the control channel list.
MOTO v6.1r
Rev Post-Negot 02/03/2015
Motorola Confidential Proprietary Page 27
Design, technical and pricing information contained in this offering is considered proprietary and may not be shared with
any person or agency not directly associated with the addressee without the express written consent of Motorola Solutions, Inc., or its designees.

Motorola 800 MHz Rebanding Project
Maricopa County, AZ Reconfiguration Proposal/Statement of Work
Trunking Frequencies
South East Center
Original After re-banding
License -
Channel # Transmit Receive Transmit Receive
FCC Call Signs
frequency, MHz frequency, MHz frequency, MHz frequency, MHz
1-CC 868.9500 823.9500 853.9500 808.9500 KNNN305
2-CC 868.9250 823.9250 853.9250 808.9250 KNNN305
3 868.8000 823.8000 853.8000 808.8000 KNNN305
4 866.7500 821.7500 851.7500 806.7500 KNNN305
5 866.7250 821.7250 851.7250 806.7250 KNNN305
6 866.1625 821.1625 851.1625** 806.1625 KNNN305
Notes: Those frequencies impacted by rebanding are marked in bold.
* Base Station Identifier pre-rebanding – this is not a control channel.
**Base Station Identifier post-rebanding - will not cause a change in the control channel list.
Trunking Frequencies
Durango
Original After re-banding
License -
Channel # Transmit Receive Transmit Receive
FCC Call Signs
frequency, MHz frequency, MHz frequency, MHz frequency, MHz
1-CC 868.8750 823.8750 853.8750 808.8750 KNNN305
2-CC 868.8500 823.8500 853.8500 808.8500 KNNN305
3-CC 866.8125 821.8125 851.8125 806.8125 KNNN305
4 866.7375 821.7375 851.7375 806.7375 KNNN305
5 866.6625 821.6625 851.6625 806.6625 KNNN305
6 866.2625 821.2625 851.2625** 806.2625 KNNN305
7 852.9375 807.9375 857.6625** 812.6625 WNMZ858
8 866.5750 821.5750 851.5750** 806.5750 WQJS304
Notes: Those frequencies impacted by rebanding are marked in bold.
* Base Station Identifier pre-rebanding – this is not a control channel.
**Base Station Identifier post-rebanding - will not cause a change in the control channel list.
MOTO v6.1r
Rev Post-Negot 02/03/2015
Motorola Confidential Proprietary Page 28
Design, technical and pricing information contained in this offering is considered proprietary and may not be shared with
any person or agency not directly associated with the addressee without the express written consent of Motorola Solutions, Inc., or its designees.

Motorola 800 MHz Rebanding Project
Maricopa County, AZ Reconfiguration Proposal/Statement of Work
Trunking Frequencies
Central Court Building
Original After re-banding
License -
Channel # Transmit Receive Transmit Receive
FCC Call Signs
frequency, MHz frequency, MHz frequency, MHz frequency, MHz
1-CC 868.8250 823.8250 853.8250 808.8250 KNNN306
2-CC 866.7750 821.7750 851.7750 806.7750 KNNN306
3 857.8625 812.8625 857.8625** 812.8625 WQRB672
4 866.3250 821.3250 851.3250 806.3250 KNNN306
5 866.1750 821.1750 851.1750 806.1750 KNNN306
6 866.1250 821.1250 851.1250** 806.1250 KNNN306
7 858.2625 813.2625 858.2625 813.2625 KNIH427
8 857.2375 812.2375 857.2375** 812.2375 KNIH427
Notes: Those frequencies impacted by rebanding are marked in bold.
* Base Station Identifier pre-rebanding – this is not a control channel.
**Base Station Identifier post-rebanding - will not cause a change in the control channel list.
Trunking Frequencies
Oatman
Original After re-banding
License -
Channel # Transmit Receive Transmit Receive
FCC Call Signs
frequency, MHz frequency, MHz frequency, MHz frequency, MHz
1-CC 868.8750 823.8750 853.8750 808.8750 KNNN306
2-CC 866.8125 821.8125 851.8125 806.8125 KNNN306
3 866.7375 821.7375 851.7375 806.7375 KNNN306
4 866.2625 821.2625 851.2625** 806.2625 KNNN306
Notes: Those frequencies impacted by rebanding are marked in bold.
* Base Station Identifier pre-rebanding – this is not a control channel.
**Base Station Identifier post-rebanding - will not cause a change in the control channel list.
Trunking Frequencies
Gillen
Original After re-banding
License -
Channel # Transmit Receive Transmit Receive
FCC Call Signs
frequency, MHz frequency, MHz frequency, MHz frequency, MHz
1-CC 858.7625 813.7625 858.7625 813.7625 WQRB672
2-CC (Old) 857.7625 812.7625 857.7625** 812.7625 WQRB672
3 -CC (New) 866.4500 821.4500 851.4500 806.4500 WQDE614
4 866.2125 821.2125 851.2125 806.2125 WQDE614
5 866.0625 821.0625 851.0625** 806.0625 WQDE614
Notes: Those frequencies impacted by rebanding are marked in bold.
* Base Station Identifier pre-rebanding – this is not a control channel.
**Base Station Identifier post-rebanding - will cause a change in the control channel list. Control
Channel operation will be moved from Channel 2 to Channel 3 to allow proper BSI assignments.
MOTO v6.1r
Rev Post-Negot 02/03/2015
Motorola Confidential Proprietary Page 29
Design, technical and pricing information contained in this offering is considered proprietary and may not be shared with
any person or agency not directly associated with the addressee without the express written consent of Motorola Solutions, Inc., or its designees.

Motorola 800 MHz Rebanding Project
Maricopa County, AZ Reconfiguration Proposal/Statement of Work
Trunking Frequencies
Humboldt
Original After re-banding
Transmit License -
Channel # Receive Transmit Receive FCC Call Signs
frequency,
frequency, MHz frequency, MHz frequency, MHz
MHz
1-CC 868.8625 823.8625 853.8625 808.8625 KNNN305
2-CC 866.7875 821.7875 851.7875 806.7875 KNNN305
3 866.6375 821.6375 851.6375 806.6375 KNNN305
4 866.3500 821.3500 851.3500 806.3500 KNNN305
5 866.2000* 821.2000 851.2000** 806.2000 KNNN305
Notes: Those frequencies impacted by rebanding are marked in bold.
* Base Station Identifier pre-rebanding – this is not a control channel.
**Base Station Identifier post-rebanding - will not cause a change in the control channel list.
Trunking Frequencies
Thompson Peak
Original After re-banding
License -
Channel # Transmit Receive Transmit Receive
FCC Call Signs
frequency, MHz frequency, MHz frequency, MHz frequency, MHz
1-CC 860.2625 815.2625 857.3375 812.3375 KNIH427
2-CC 859.2625 814.2625 859.2625 814.2625 KNIH427
3 860.9625 815.9625 859.5625 814.5625 WNMZ858
4 860.7625 815.7625 859.3625 814.3625 WNMZ858
5 860.2375 815.2375 860.2375** 815.2375 WNMW364
6 859.7625 814.7625 859.7625 814.7625 WNMZ858
7 866.1375 821.1375 851.1375** 806.1375 WQJS304
8 851.3375 806.3375 857.3125 812.3125 WNMZ858
9 866.1875 821.1875 851.1875 806.1875 WQJS304
10 857.2625 812.2625 857.2625** 812.2625 KNIH427
11 854.5875 809.5875 854.5875 809.5875 WNMZ858
12 854.3375 809.3375 854.3375** 809.3375 WNMZ858
13 853.7625 808.7625 858.8125 813.8125 WNMZ858
14 853.5625 808.5625 858.5625 813.5625 WNMZ858
15 852.7125 807.7125 857.9125 812.9125 WNMZ858
Notes: Those frequencies impacted by rebanding are marked in bold.
* Base Station Identifier pre-rebanding – this is not a control channel.
**Base Station Identifier post-rebanding - will not cause a change in the control channel list.
MOTO v6.1r
Rev Post-Negot 02/03/2015
Motorola Confidential Proprietary Page 30
Design, technical and pricing information contained in this offering is considered proprietary and may not be shared with
any person or agency not directly associated with the addressee without the express written consent of Motorola Solutions, Inc., or its designees.

Motorola 800 MHz Rebanding Project
Maricopa County, AZ Reconfiguration Proposal/Statement of Work
Trunking Frequencies
ORD
Original After re-banding
License -
Channel # Transmit Receive Transmit Receive
FCC Call Signs
frequency, MHz frequency, MHz frequency, MHz frequency, MHz
1-CC 868.9000 823.9000 853.9000 808.9000 KNNN306
2-CC 868.8375 823.8375 853.8375 808.8375 KNNN306
3 866.2250 821.2250 851.2250** 806.2250 KNNN306
4 866.8250 821.8250 851.8250 806.8250 KNNN306
5 866.7000 821.7000 851.7000 806.7000 KNNN306
Notes: Those frequencies impacted by rebanding are marked in bold.
* Base Station Identifier pre-rebanding – this is not a control channel.
**Base Station Identifier post-rebanding - will not cause a change in the control channel list.
Trunking Frequencies
Yarnell
Original After re-banding
License -
Channel # Transmit Receive Transmit Receive
FCC Call Signs
frequency, MHz frequency, MHz frequency, MHz frequency, MHz
1-CC 868.8125 823.8125 853.8125 808.8125 KNNN306
2-CC 866.7625 821.7625 851.7625 806.7625 KNNN306
3 866.6125 821.6125 851.6125** 806.6125 KNNN306
4 866.2375 821.2375 851.2375** 806.2375 WQJS304
Notes: Those frequencies impacted by rebanding are marked in bold.
* Base Station Identifier pre-rebanding – this is not a control channel.
**Base Station Identifier post-rebanding - will not cause a change in the control channel list.
Trunking Frequencies
Towers
Original After re-banding
License -
Channel # Transmit Receive Transmit Receive
FCC Call Signs
frequency, MHz frequency, MHz frequency, MHz frequency, MHz
1-CC 868.8875 823.8875 853.8875 808.8875 KNNN305
2-CC 866.8000 821.8000 851.8000 806.8000 KNNN305
3 866.6500 821.6500 851.6500 806.6500 KNNN305
4 866.5875 821.5875 851.5875 806.5875 KNNN305
5 866.3375 821.3375 851.3375** 806.3375 KNNN305
Notes: Those frequencies impacted by rebanding are marked in bold.
* Base Station Identifier pre-rebanding – this is not a control channel.
**Base Station Identifier post-rebanding - will not cause a change in the control channel list.
MOTO v6.1r
Rev Post-Negot 02/03/2015
Motorola Confidential Proprietary Page 31
Design, technical and pricing information contained in this offering is considered proprietary and may not be shared with
any person or agency not directly associated with the addressee without the express written consent of Motorola Solutions, Inc., or its designees.

Motorola 800 MHz Rebanding Project
Maricopa County, AZ Reconfiguration Proposal/Statement of Work
Trunking Frequencies
Chandler
Original After re-banding
License -
Channel # Transmit Receive Transmit Receive
FCC Call Signs
frequency, MHz frequency, MHz frequency, MHz frequency, MHz
1-CC 868.7750 823.7750 853.7750 808.7750 KNNN305
2-CC 866.6750 821.6750 851.6750 806.6750 KNNN305
3 866.6000 821.6000 851.6000 806.6000 KNNN305
4 866.2500 821.2500 851.2500 806.2500 KNNN305
5 866.1500 821.1500 851.1500** 806.1500 KNNN305
Notes: Those frequencies impacted by rebanding are marked in bold.
* Base Station Identifier pre-rebanding – this is not a control channel.
**Base Station Identifier post-rebanding - will not cause a change in the control channel list.
Trunking Frequencies
Scottsdale
Original After re-banding
License -
Channel # Transmit Receive Transmit Receive
FCC Call Signs
frequency, MHz frequency, MHz frequency, MHz frequency, MHz
1-CC 868.7625 823.7625 853.7625 808.7625 WQUB635
2-CC 866.8500 821.8500 851.8500 806.8500 WQUB635
3 866.6250 821.6250 851.6250 806.6250 WQUB635
4 866.3125 821.3125 851.3125** 806.3125 WQUB635
Notes: Those frequencies impacted by rebanding are marked in bold.
* Base Station Identifier pre-rebanding – this is not a control channel.
**Base Station Identifier post-rebanding - will not cause a change in the control channel list.
Trunking Frequencies
Smith
Original After re-banding
License -
Channel # Transmit Receive Transmit Receive
FCC Call Signs
frequency, MHz frequency, MHz frequency, MHz frequency, MHz
1-CC 868.8750 823.8750 853.8750 808.8750 KNNN305
2-CC 866.8125 821.8125 851.8125 806.8125 KNNN305
3 866.2625 821.2625 851.2625** 806.2625 KNNN305
Notes: Those frequencies impacted by rebanding are marked in bold.
* Base Station Identifier pre-rebanding – this is not a control channel.
**Base Station Identifier post-rebanding - will not cause a change in the control channel list.
MOTO v6.1r
Rev Post-Negot 02/03/2015
Motorola Confidential Proprietary Page 32
Design, technical and pricing information contained in this offering is considered proprietary and may not be shared with
any person or agency not directly associated with the addressee without the express written consent of Motorola Solutions, Inc., or its designees.

Motorola 800 MHz Rebanding Project
Maricopa County, AZ Reconfiguration Proposal/Statement of Work
Conventional Frequency
COW 201
Original After re-banding
Transmit Receive Transmit Receive
Channel # frequency, MHz frequency, MHz frequency, MHz frequency, MHz
1 866.5125 821.5125 851.5125 806.5125
Trunking Frequencies
COW 243
Original After re-banding
Transmit
frequency, Receive Transmit Receive
Channel # MHz frequency, MHz frequency, MHz frequency, MHz
1 867.5125 822.5125 852.5125 807.5125
2 867.0125 822.0125 852.0125 807.0125
FIXED NETWORK EQUIPMENT
Motorola collected detail on the fixed network equipment. Highlights of the inventory gathered
at each site are as follows:
White Tanks:
Base Station Quantar Intelli-Repeater
Transmit Combiner 1 Celwave WIJD862-06S
Transmit Combiner 2 Celwave WIJD862-06S
Transmit Combiner 3 Celwave WIJD862-04S
Tower Top Amplifier Bird Technologies 428-83H-01-T
Receive Multicoupler Bird Technologies 428-83H-01-M
Transmit Antennas Unknown Omni 851-869 MHz
Receive Antenna Unknown Omni
Bronco:
Base Station Quantar Intelli-Repeater
Transmit Combiner Celwave WIJD862-04S
Tower Top Amplifier EMR Corp 96112
Receive Multicoupler EMR Corp 26112/TTAS
Transmit Antenna Unknown Omni 851-869 MHz
Receive Antenna Unknown Omni
MOTO v6.1r
Rev Post-Negot 02/03/2015
Motorola Confidential Proprietary Page 33
Design, technical and pricing information contained in this offering is considered proprietary and may not be shared with
any person or agency not directly associated with the addressee without the express written consent of Motorola Solutions, Inc., or its designees.

Motorola 800 MHz Rebanding Project
Maricopa County, AZ Reconfiguration Proposal/Statement of Work
SEC:
Base Station Quantar Intelli-Repeater
Transmit Combiner 1 & 2 Celwave WIJD861-04S
Tower Top Amplifier EMR Corp 96108-1/P-5C
Receive Multicoupler EMR Corp 96108-1/P-5C
Transmit Antennas Unknown Omni 851-869 MHz
Receive Antenna Unknown Omni
Durango:
Base Station Quantar Intelli-Repeater
Smart-X Interface Boxes
Transmit Combiner 1 & 2 Celwave WIJD862-04S
Tower Top Amplifier Bird Technologies DDF1001A
Receive Multicoupler Bird Technologies DDF1001A
Transmit Antennas Unknown Omni 851-869 MHz
Receive Antenna Unknown Omni
Central Court Building:
Base Station Quantar Intelli-Repeater
Transmit Combiner 1 Celwave WIJD861-10571F
Transmit Combiner 2 Celwave WIJD861-10571R
Tower Top Amplifier EMR Corp 96112-O/P-5C
Receive Multicoupler EMR Corp 96112-O/P-5C
Transmit Antennas Unknown Omni 851-869 MHz
Receive Antenna Unknown Omni
Oatman:
Base Station Quantar Intelli-Repeater
Transmit Combiner 1 & 2 Celwave WIJD862-04S
Tower Top Amplifier EMR Corp 26112/TTAS
Receive Multicoupler EMR Corp 26112/TTAS
Transmit Antennas Unknown Omni 851-869 MHz
Receive Antenna Unknown Omni
Gillen:
Base Station Quantar Intelli-Repeater
Transmit Combiner 1 Celwave WIJD861-06SNIF
Tower Top Amplifier Bird Technologies DDF1001A
Receive Multicoupler Bird Technologies DDF1001A
Transmit Antenna Unknown Omni 851-869 MHz
Receive Antenna Unknown Omni
MOTO v6.1r
Rev Post-Negot 02/03/2015
Motorola Confidential Proprietary Page 34
Design, technical and pricing information contained in this offering is considered proprietary and may not be shared with
any person or agency not directly associated with the addressee without the express written consent of Motorola Solutions, Inc., or its designees.

Motorola 800 MHz Rebanding Project
Maricopa County, AZ Reconfiguration Proposal/Statement of Work
Humboldt:
Base Station Quantar Intelli-Repeater
Transmit Combiner 1 & 2 Celwave WIJD862-04S
Tower Top Amplifier EMR Corp 96108-1/P-5C
Receive Multicoupler EMR Corp 96108-1/P-5C
Transmit Antennas Unknown Omni 851-869 MHz
Receive Antenna Unknown Omni
Thompson Peak:
Base Station Quantar Intelli-Repeater
Transmit Combiner 1-4 Celwave WIJD861-10571F
Tower Top Amplifier Bird Technologies DDF1001A
Receive Multicoupler Bird Technologies DDF1001A
Transmit Antennas Unknown Omni 851-869 MHz
Receive Antenna Unknown Omni
ORD:
Base Station Quantar Intelli-Repeater
Transmit Combiner 1 & 2 Celwave WIJD861-08S71F
Tower Top Amplifier EMR Corp 96108-1/P-5C
Receive Multicoupler EMR Corp 96108-1/P-5C
Transmit Antennas Unknown Omni 851-869 MHz
Receive Antenna Unknown Omni
Yarnell:
Base Station Quantar Intelli-Repeater
Transmit Combiner 1 & 2 Celwave WIJD862-04S
Transmit Antennas Unknown Omni 851-869 MHz
Receive Antenna Unknown Omni
Towers:
Base Station Quantar Intelli-Repeater
Transmit Combiner 1 & 2 Celwave WIJD862-04S
Tower Top Amplifier Bird Technologies DDF1001A
Receive Multicoupler Bird Technologies DDF1001A
Transmit Antennas Unknown Omni 851-869 MHz
Receive Antenna Unknown Omni
MOTO v6.1r
Rev Post-Negot 02/03/2015
Motorola Confidential Proprietary Page 35
Design, technical and pricing information contained in this offering is considered proprietary and may not be shared with
any person or agency not directly associated with the addressee without the express written consent of Motorola Solutions, Inc., or its designees.

Motorola 800 MHz Rebanding Project
Maricopa County, AZ Reconfiguration Proposal/Statement of Work
Chandler:
Base Station Quantar Intelli-Repeater
Transmit Combiner 1 & 2 Celwave WIJD861-04S
Transmit Antennas Unknown Omni 851-869 MHz
Receive Antenna Unknown Omni
Scottsdale:
Base Station Quantar Intelli-Repeater
Transmit Combiner 1 Celwave WIJD860-04S
Transmit Combiner 2 Celwave WIJD862-04S
Tower Top Amplifier Bird Technologies 424-86A-03
Receive Multicoupler Bird Technologies 424-86A-03
Transmit Antennas Unknown Omni 851-869 MHz
Receive Antenna Unknown Omni
Smith:
Base Station Quantar Intelli-Repeater
Transmit Combiner 1 Celwave WIJD861-04S
Transmit Antenna Unknown Omni 851-869 MHz
Receive Antenna Unknown Omni
COW201, COW243
Base Station MTR2000
Transmit Combiner TDF6980A
4th Avenue Room 1.6
BDA EMR 860342/C
Central Court Building
BDA RFS/Celwave 48510-N
Estrella Jails Control Room Closet
BDA EMR 860342/C
Food Factory LBJ—Room 711
BDA EMR 860342/C
In Tents Visitation—Electrical Room
BDA EMR 860342/C
LBJ First Floor—Room E106
BDA EMR 860342/C
MOTO v6.1r
Rev Post-Negot 02/03/2015
Motorola Confidential Proprietary Page 36
Design, technical and pricing information contained in this offering is considered proprietary and may not be shared with
any person or agency not directly associated with the addressee without the express written consent of Motorola Solutions, Inc., or its designees.

Motorola 800 MHz Rebanding Project
Maricopa County, AZ Reconfiguration Proposal/Statement of Work
LBJ Third Floor Mez.—Room T35B103
BDA MIKOM MR801
Towers Jail—Electric Closet
BDA EMR 860342/C
South Court Towers
BDA EMR 860642/C
BDA EMR 860642/C
3.0 INTERMODULATION STUDY (IM)
Intermodulation (IM) products are generated whenever two or more transmit frequencies mix
together. If there is more than one transmitting frequency at a site, an IM analysis is necessary to
check for possible IM interference problems. This IM study has been performed to predict IM
products that could be generated as a specific result of adding the newly proposed frequencies as
listed in the Transition Administrators Frequency Proposal Report (FPR), to the existing sites.
Please see the complete Intermodulation Study; Attachment A.
4.0 SYSTEM INVENTORY AND SUITABILITY ASSESSMENT
Motorola completed detailed audits of the customer’s system inventory and a Suitability
Assessment Impact Report (SAIR) has been produced based on that data collection. The proposed
rebanding operation is based on specific impacts anticipated for this system and all of its
components. Specifically the report indicates whether each of these system components may be
easily retuned, whether they first require reprogramming to allow retuning, or whether they must
be replaced to accomplish the migration to the new frequencies prescribed in the FCC order.
Please review the Suitability Assessment Impact Report; Attachment B.
5.0 INTEROPERABILITY
Maricopa County has indicated interoperability requirements with the City of Phoenix, the City
of Mesa, as well as the Arizona Department of Public Safety, and the Arizona Public Service
Company. Many Maricopa radios have access to the radio systems owned by these agencies. In
addition Maricopa County interoperates with the Arizona Department of Emergency
Management, the Central Arizona Project, Fort McDowell, Fountain Hill Fire Department, City
of Gilbert PD, City of Glendale, City of Palo Verde, City of Paradise Valley, The Queen Creek
Fire Department, the Rural Metro Fire Department, the US Forest Service, and the Union Pacific
Railroad. Approximately 195 radios are involved in providing interoperable communications
with these agencies. Maricopa also interoperates with various agencies of the US Department of
Justice. Approximately 552 radios provide communications between Maricopa County and the
DOJ. If any of these agencies reband their subscribers or systems before or after Maricopa
County without proper coordination, then an additional reprogramming of applicable Maricopa
County radios may be required. The cost of this additional programming has not been included
in this proposal.
MOTO v6.1r
Rev Post-Negot 02/03/2015
Motorola Confidential Proprietary Page 37
Design, technical and pricing information contained in this offering is considered proprietary and may not be shared with
any person or agency not directly associated with the addressee without the express written consent of Motorola Solutions, Inc., or its designees.

Motorola 800 MHz Rebanding Project
Maricopa County, AZ Reconfiguration Proposal/Statement of Work
6.0 IMPLEMENTATION PLAN FOR SYSTEM RECONFIGURATION
The following information provides an overview of how the Maricopa County system rebanding
plan will be implemented and how those activities will impact the fixed network equipment and
subscriber units. Additional details may also be found in Attachment B.
Motorola has produced Baseline and Acceptance Test Plans to demonstrate comparable
operation before and after reconfiguration. Please see the attached Functional Acceptance Test
Procedures and RF Performance Verification Plan; Attachments C and D.
Motorola has also produced a Cutover and Fall Back Plan to be used in conjunction with the
Project Schedule. The Cutover and Fall Back Plan outlines the transition from the current
frequencies to the new ones. The Cutover and Fall Back plans ensure consistent operation of all
system functionality throughout the rebanding reconfiguration. Please see Cutover and Fall
Back Plan in Attachment E, and the Reconfiguration Project Schedule in Attachment F.
IMPACT ON SUBSCRIBERS
Motorola has carefully analyzed the Subscriber and Fixed Network Equipment (FNE) inventory
data. The Suitability Assessment results dictate that the following actions be taken with regard to
subscribers:
Subscribers Impact
Subscriber Model Action Qty Replacement Radio
MTS2000 Reprogram 30 NA
XTS3000 Reprogram 80 NA
XTS2500 Reprogram 35 NA
XTS5000 Reprogram 93 NA
Astro Spectra Reprogram 16 NA
XTL2500 Reprogram 3 NA
XTL5000 Reprogram 22 NA
XTS2500 Retune 631 NA
XTS3000 Retune 1 NA
XTS5000 Retune 40 NA
XTL2500 Retune 253 NA
XTL5000 Retune 15 NA
APX6000 Retune 3438 NA
APX6500 Retune 532 NA
APX7000 Retune 1130 NA
APX7500 Retune 615 NA
APX7500 Consolette Retune 13 NA
Total Subscribers 6947
Definitions
Retune: Update the channel frequencies via the Customer Programming Software/Radio Service Software.
Replace: Cannot be updated to support new frequencies or band plans. A new radio is required.
Reprogram: Update operating software via software FLASH with new frequencies & band plan. Any
reprogramming activity requires flashing. After applying flash, program the radio with the new
frequency.
MOTO v6.1r
Rev Post-Negot 02/03/2015
Motorola Confidential Proprietary Page 38
Design, technical and pricing information contained in this offering is considered proprietary and may not be shared with
any person or agency not directly associated with the addressee without the express written consent of Motorola Solutions, Inc., or its designees.

Motorola 800 MHz Rebanding Project
Maricopa County, AZ Reconfiguration Proposal/Statement of Work
IMPACT ON FIXED NETWORK EQUIPMENT
ASTRO 25 7.14 Master Site – No equipment at the master site will need to be upgraded or
replaced, either control or system management equipment. Motorola will program the new
frequencies in the Unified Network Configurator (UNC) for each trunking channel which is
changing frequency.
Intellirepeater Quantar – Motorola will retune the new frequencies into the stations. Motorola
will change one control channel at Gillen from Channel 2 to Channel 3 to facilitate proper BSI
operation.
Celwave Transmit Combiner – Motorola will retune the RFS/ Celwave transmit combiners to
the new frequencies. Motorola will swap the combiner ports for Channels 2 and 10 at Thompson
Peak to provide adequate combiner frequency spacing.
Transmit and Receive Antennas - Motorola has determined that the electrical characteristics of
the transmit antennas are sufficient to meet the operational requirements for rebanding. Motorola
shall not perform any modifications to this antenna system. The frequency range of the receive
antennas is unknown. Motorola will sweep the receive antennas before cutover to verify their
frequency range.
Bird Technologies / TX RX Tower Top Amplifier - Motorola has determined that the
electrical characteristics of these devices are sufficient to meet the operational requirements for
rebanding. Motorola shall not perform any modifications to the amplifier.
EMR Corp Tower Top Amplifier - Motorola has determined that the electrical characteristics
of these devices are sufficient to meet the operational requirements for rebanding. Motorola shall
not perform any modifications to the amplifier.
Bird Technologies / TX RX Receive Multicoupler - Motorola has determined that the
electrical characteristics of these devices are sufficient to meet the operational needs
requirements for rebanding. Motorola shall not perform any modifications to the multicoupler.
EMR Corp Receive Multicoupler - Motorola has determined that the electrical characteristics
of these devices are sufficient to meet the operational needs requirements for rebanding.
Motorola shall not perform any modifications to the multicoupler.
Smart-X Interface Boxes - Motorola has determined that the electrical characteristics of these
devices are sufficient to meet the operational needs requirements for rebanding. Motorola shall
not perform any modifications to the Smart-X boxes.
EMR BDAs – Motorola will replace filters in four EMR BDAs in the following locations: (1
unit each) at 4th Avenue Room 1.6 and Towers Jail; and (2 BDAs) in the South Court Towers.
This will be performed at the EMR factory.
MOTO v6.1r
Rev Post-Negot 02/03/2015
Motorola Confidential Proprietary Page 39
Design, technical and pricing information contained in this offering is considered proprietary and may not be shared with
any person or agency not directly associated with the addressee without the express written consent of Motorola Solutions, Inc., or its designees.

Motorola 800 MHz Rebanding Project
Maricopa County, AZ Reconfiguration Proposal/Statement of Work
Motorola has determined that the electrical characteristics of the remaining EMR BDAs are
sufficient to meet the operational requirements for rebanding. Motorola shall not perform any
modifications to these units.
RFS/Celwave BDA – Motorola has determined that the electrical characteristics of this device
are sufficient to meet the operational requirements for rebanding. Motorola shall not perform any
modifications to this unit.
MIKOM BDA -- Motorola has determined that the electrical characteristics of this device are
sufficient to meet the operational requirements for rebanding. Motorola shall not perform any
modifications to this unit.
7.0 MOTOROLA PROFESSIONAL SERVICES
MOTOROLA PROJECT MANAGER (PM):
The Motorola PM will oversee the activities for each stage of the rebanding effort to ensure a
smooth execution of all deliverables and that the requirements of Maricopa County’s system are
fully met. The Project Manager will coordinate with Maricopa County’s, System Manager and
any subcontractor or other third-party organization participating in this work; to keep this effort
within the schedule to be agreed upon and finalized at the kick-off meeting.
During the rebanding of all affected equipment, a representative from Maricopa County will
serve as a single point of contact for Motorola. Assuming no unanticipated delays, the project is
estimated to be completed 516 work days from Notice to Proceed. Most work is expected to
occur between the hours of 8:00 AM to 5:00 PM.
Motorola Project Manager - Project Administration Activities:
1. Generate preliminary Project Schedule
2. Provide Project Schedule status updates
3. Manage project SOW and change orders
4. Reconcile Equipment Lists to the contract
5. Arrange equipment inventory process and logistics
6. Provide contract administration
7. Provide project resource management
8. Assure proper archiving of project information
9. Provide Customer and project team communications management
10. Assure project level deliverables
11. Coordinate and chair customer meetings
12. Generate written reports as required
13. Maintain and facilitate resolution of general system punch list items
14.
Motorola Project Manager – Infrastructure
1. Coordinate and direct internal and external project resources
2. Manage infrastructure equipment rebanding and assure documentation of deliverables
3. Maintain and facilitate resolution of infrastructure punch list items
MOTO v6.1r
Rev Post-Negot 02/03/2015
Motorola Confidential Proprietary Page 40
Design, technical and pricing information contained in this offering is considered proprietary and may not be shared with
any person or agency not directly associated with the addressee without the express written consent of Motorola Solutions, Inc., or its designees.

Motorola 800 MHz Rebanding Project
Maricopa County, AZ Reconfiguration Proposal/Statement of Work
Motorola Project Manager – Infrastructure Test Plans
1. Manage overall infrastructure test plans and execution
2. Manage punch list of issues to be resolved
3. Facilitate acceptance test plan completion and documentation
Motorola Project Manager - Subscriber Programming Activities:
1. Facilitate Customer meetings to determine information for programming templates
2. Obtain Customer / Agency Approval of programming templates prior to initiating
programming
3. Plan and manage delivery of reprogrammed subscriber units for all required
departments and agencies
4. Manage subscriber equipment rebanding and assure documentation of deliverables
5. Maintain and facilitate resolution of subscriber punch list items
MOTOROLA SYSTEMS ENGINEER (SE):
The Motorola Systems Engineer has the responsibility for system design and technical
performance. The Motorola Engineer will be responsible for “as is” coverage evaluation, post
rebanding comparative analysis and intermodulation studies, order write up, Acceptance Test
Plan (ATP) development, and system programming parameters. Additionally, the Motorola
Systems Engineer will participate in the planning process and will be available to assist the
customer in fleet mapping and determining the subscriber unit configurations. The Motorola
Systems Engineer will perform the following activities:
Motorola Systems Engineer - Project Administration Activities:
1. Validate system design specifications in accordance with customer needs.
2. Validate and obtain customer approval for a preliminary Cutover Plan.
3. Validate preliminary equipment lists.
4. Validate equipment orders for Motorola and 3rd party equipment to accommodate
inventory shipping schedules.
5. Validate equipment lists by model, versions, and options.
6. Validate the Customer Requirements Test and Verification Matrix.
Motorola Systems Engineer – Infrastructure
1. Provide technical design for 3rd party interfaces.
Motorola Systems Engineer - Subscriber Programming Activities:
1. Assess Equipment/Template Suitability and Resolve Issues
MOTOROLA SYSTEMS TECHNOLOGIST (ST):
The Motorola Systems Technologist is highly experienced and trained, specializing in the
optimization and trouble shooting of two-way RF communication systems. The ST will perform
the optimization process working with service technicians. Additionally, this individual will
work with the Motorola Systems Engineer and the customer representative to determine the best
MOTO v6.1r
Rev Post-Negot 02/03/2015
Motorola Confidential Proprietary Page 41
Design, technical and pricing information contained in this offering is considered proprietary and may not be shared with
any person or agency not directly associated with the addressee without the express written consent of Motorola Solutions, Inc., or its designees.

Motorola 800 MHz Rebanding Project
Maricopa County, AZ Reconfiguration Proposal/Statement of Work
configuration and programming of the system parameters. The Motorola Systems Technologist
will perform the following activities:
Motorola Systems Technologist – Infrastructure
1. Confirm system configuration and software compatibility to the existing system.
2. Oversee execution of antenna network compatibility checks/optimization.
3. Oversee loading of rebanding firmware/software into system controller(s).
4. Supervise completion of the reprogramming of all RF equipment.
5. Supervise the power up and programming of all rebanded FNE.
6. Oversee upgrades to affected third party FNE.
7. Oversee RF optimization to meet design specifications.
Motorola Systems Technologist – Infrastructure Test Plans
1. Oversee site and system level testing.
2. Supervise execution of the Functional Acceptance Test Procedures per Attachment C.
Motorola Systems Technologist - Subscriber Programming Activities:
1. Oversee programming of sample radios with customer approved templates.
2. Validate "as built" template documentation.
3. Provide ownership of technical issues.
MOTOROLA RESPONSIBILITIES
Motorola will:
1. Schedule a project kick off meeting with Maricopa County at the project’s start.
2. Execute the project contract deliverables and coordinate ensuing project activities
with appropriate Motorola and Maricopa County resources.
3. After project kick-off, Motorola will provide Maricopa County with preliminary
schedule and progress updates (see Project Schedule; Attachment F). This schedule
will outline a cutover plan used during the reconfiguration process to ensure
disruptions are minimized. The schedule should reflect the following;
a. Timeline of events, and
b. Identified deliverables
4. Create subscriber programming templates (rebanding related only) based upon
customer provided information:
a. Conduct meetings with department and/or agency representatives designated by
Maricopa County. These meetings will gather the necessary information for
Motorola to create the templates.
b. Will review and coordinate the development of the programming templates with
its technical staff and Maricopa County representatives.
c. Conduct final meeting with Maricopa County and its representatives to achieve
final approval of templates prior to subscriber programming.
5. Return all of the replaced subscriber radios and related accessories to Motorola as
soon as practical after they are replaced or at a different time mutually agreed by the
Parties (but in no event later than 90 days after the delivery of the corresponding
MOTO v6.1r
Rev Post-Negot 02/03/2015
Motorola Confidential Proprietary Page 42
Design, technical and pricing information contained in this offering is considered proprietary and may not be shared with
any person or agency not directly associated with the addressee without the express written consent of Motorola Solutions, Inc., or its designees.

Motorola 800 MHz Rebanding Project
Maricopa County, AZ Reconfiguration Proposal/Statement of Work
Rebanding Radio). A similar process will be followed for any applicable fixed
equipment being replaced although this equipment must be returned to Sprint Nextel.
(See Attachment G; Equipment Return Process).
MARICOPA COUNTY RESPONSIBILITIES
Maricopa County will:
1. Provide a signatory who has authority to sign all appropriate project documents
required for this project and any other agreements required.
2. Ensure all radios, related accessories and applicable fixed equipment to be replaced
are turned in and accounted for.
3. Set up and register a NextelERTS user account and password with Sprint Nextel for
any equipment that needs to be returned to Sprint in Abilene, TX. This account needs
to be set up in advance of fixed equipment being rebanded. Follow the account set-up
and equipment return process via the tutorial videos and User Guide PDF available on
line at: http://nextelerts.com/UserGuide.aspx. Provide NextelERTS access
information to the Motorola Project Manager or their authorized representative in
order to assure equipment is properly returned.
4. Before or at the Licensee/Motorola kick-off meeting and prior to any reconfiguration
work being performed, confirm the following two documents have been received:
a. FCC License(s): All rebanding impacted radio transmitters are licensed properly
on their new rebanding frequencies and Licensee has received their new FCC
license(s).
b. Sprint Nextel Authorization to Move: The Licensee has received a separate Sprint
Nextel letter (sent via FedEx) authorizing the Licensee to move to the new
frequencies.
5. Provide site access to Maricopa County owned and controlled sites for Motorola
personnel and Motorola's subcontractors for the purpose of reconfiguring the
equipment located at that site.
6. Provide support and approval for subscriber programming templates (rebanding
related only):
a. Identify agency/department representatives that are needed to participate in the
subscriber programming template process:
b. Maricopa County department and/or agency representatives will gather necessary
information to create subscriber programming templates and provide this
information to Motorola.
c. Maricopa County department and/or agency representatives will review draft
templates with Motorola and will advise on any changes that may be required.
d. Maricopa County will provide written approval of templates prior to subscriber
programming.
7. Provide the Programming Access Key (PAK) for each system that has to be
programmed into this licensee’s subscriber units.
8. Provide the subscriber radios and fleet coordination to ensure on-time project
completion.
MOTO v6.1r
Rev Post-Negot 02/03/2015
Motorola Confidential Proprietary Page 43
Design, technical and pricing information contained in this offering is considered proprietary and may not be shared with
any person or agency not directly associated with the addressee without the express written consent of Motorola Solutions, Inc., or its designees.

Motorola 800 MHz Rebanding Project
Maricopa County, AZ Reconfiguration Proposal/Statement of Work
9. Provide all spare units identified in preliminary inventory, if any at the beginning of
the project.
10. Not unreasonably delay the execution of work by Motorola and will extend the
timeline of the project when delays caused by Maricopa County are experienced.
11. May be required to provide personnel during the reconfiguration process.
12. Identify any outstanding Motorola deliverables and formally request their completion
through the mutual development of a project punchlist.
13. Grant final acceptance upon completion of Maricopa County system reconfiguration.
8.0 LOCAL SERVICE SUPPORT
Motorola will utilize the FSO or its authorized service center network and/or approved third
party contractors to perform the reconfiguration of the equipment.
9.0 NOTIFICATION AND CONDITIONS FOR WORK
Motorola will notify Maricopa County assigned point of contact a minimum of five (5) business
days prior to starting any work on the system. Motorola will commence work at the designated
location only after Maricopa County has notified Motorola with instructions to proceed.
Whenever possible, prior notification of at least 24 hours will be given when expected
disruptions are to occur.
10.0 LICENSING
The Maricopa County is responsible for updating, filing, and coordinating the frequency changes
that become a part of this Rebanding program with the FCC. As a note, all radio transmitters
must be properly licensed by the FCC.
11.0 RISKS
Motorola is committed to mitigating all known risks and will engage Maricopa County whenever
situations are identified in which a risk situation presents itself. Any event or occurrence that
affects the project schedule is to be immediately reported to the Project Managers. A decision
will be jointly made between Motorola and Maricopa County to consider the options and develop
a mutually agreed-to solution.
There are risks associated with the work that needs to be performed on each piece of equipment.
It is conceivable that a particular piece of equipment can be functional at the time of inventory
but when rebanded, failures may occur when re-initializing the unit. Motorola will make every
effort to ensure that any failure occurring in this situation be rectified immediately. In some
cases adequate spares may not be available and could lead to a prolonged outage of equipment
while obtaining replacement parts. If the system in question is currently under a direct service
agreement with Motorola, any resolution to correct the failure will be covered under the
agreement. If the equipment involved is not covered under a direct Motorola Service
Agreement, resolution may require reimbursement for material and labor to correct the failure
and restore the defective equipment from Sprint Nextel.
MOTO v6.1r
Rev Post-Negot 02/03/2015
Motorola Confidential Proprietary Page 44
Design, technical and pricing information contained in this offering is considered proprietary and may not be shared with
any person or agency not directly associated with the addressee without the express written consent of Motorola Solutions, Inc., or its designees.

Motorola 800 MHz Rebanding Project
Maricopa County, AZ Reconfiguration Proposal/Statement of Work
12.0 FREQUENCY RECONFIGURATION AGREEMENT (FRA) NEGOTIATION SUPPORT
At the Licensee’s request, Motorola will support its RIPA proposal concerning the
Reconfiguration Cost Estimate that Licensee submits for approval to Sprint Nextel and the TA.
Reconfiguration cost estimates are frequently negotiated between the Licensee and Sprint Nextel.
Although Motorola is not a party to these negotiations, it will support the Licensee during the
negotiations (and any mediation if needed) by providing explanations for technical or other
content in Motorola’s RIPA proposal. Motorola will show a line item in the Pricing Summary
Table to insert estimated Mediation costs. At the conclusion of Mediation (if applicable),
Motorola’s reimbursable cost for Mediation support will be adjusted (lower or higher) to actual
costs incurred and inserted in Motorola’s final RIPA. These FRA Mediation support costs, like
the other reimbursable costs on Licensee’s Reconfiguration Cost Estimate for Motorola’s
reconfiguration work, should be paid by Sprint Nextel as part of the Frequency Reconfiguration
Agreement entered into with the Licensee.
13.0 SYSTEM ACCEPTANCE
Upon successful completion of the Acceptance Tests for Maricopa County, a System Acceptance
Certificate will be provided for customer signature. (See Reconfiguration Implementation Phase
Agreement, Terms and Conditions, Exhibit B.) This certificate acknowledges that all of the
Motorola contracted work to reconfigure the Maricopa County system has been completed.
MOTO v6.1r
Rev Post-Negot 02/03/2015
Motorola Confidential Proprietary Page 45
Design, technical and pricing information contained in this offering is considered proprietary and may not be shared with
any person or agency not directly associated with the addressee without the express written consent of Motorola Solutions, Inc., or its designees.

Motorola 800 MHz Rebanding Project
Maricopa County, AZ Reconfiguration Proposal/Statement of Work
14.0 RECONFIGURATION PRICING
PRICING SUMMARY
Maricopa County Reconfiguration Services Quote
Infrastructure
Service Resource Qty-Units Total-Hours Rate Price
Reband Site # 1 White Tanks Motorola
Controllers 1 30 $190 $5,700
Repeaters (Quantar) 12 12 $190 $2,280
Retune Combiners & Duplexer (Antenna System) 12 12 $190 $2,280
Antenna Sweep 1 1 $190 $190
Travel 1 6 $190 $1,140
Site 1 Total $11,590
Reband Site # 2 Bronco Motorola
Repeaters 4 4 $190 $760
Retune Combiners & Duplexer (Antenna System) 4 4 $190 $760
Antenna Sweep 1 1 $190 $190
Travel 1 2 $190 $380
Site 2 Total $2,090
Reband Site # 3 SouthEast Center (SEC) Motorola
Repeaters 6 6 $190 $1,140
Retune Combiners & Duplexer (Antenna System) 6 6 $190 $1,140
Antenna Sweep 1 1 $190 $190
Travel 1 4 $190 $760
Site 3 Total $3,230
Reband Site # 4 Durango Motorola
Repeaters 8 8 $190 $1,520
Retune Combiners & Duplexer (Antenna System) 8 8 $190 $1,520
Antenna Sweep 1 1 $190 $190
Travel 1 4 $190 $760
Site 4 Total $3,990
Reband Site # 5 Central Court Bldg (CCB) Motorola
Repeaters 5 5 $190 $950
Retune Combiners & Duplexer (Antenna System) 6 6 $190 $1,140
Antenna Sweep 1 1 $190 $190
Travel 1 4 $190 $760
Site 5 Total $3,040
Reband Site # 6 Oatman Motorola
Repeaters 4 4 $190 $760
Retune Combiners & Duplexer (Antenna System) 4 4 $190 $760
Antenna Sweep 1 1 $190 $190
Travel 1 2 $190 $380
Site 6 Total $2,090
Reband Site # 7 Gillen Motorola
Repeaters 3 3 $190 $570
Retune Combiners & Duplexer (Antenna System) 4 4 $190 $760
Antenna Sweep 1 1 $190 $190
Travel 1 2 $190 $380
Site 7 Total $1,900
MOTO v6.1r
Rev Post-Negot 02/03/2015
Page 46
Motorola Confidential Proprietary
Design, technical and pricing information contained in this offering is considered proprietary and may not be shared with
any person or agency not directly associated with the addressee without the express written consent of Motorola Solutions, Inc., or its designees.

Motorola 800 MHz Rebanding Project
Maricopa County, AZ Reconfiguration Proposal/Statement of Work
PRICING SUMMARY, CONTINUED
Maricopa County Reconfiguration Services Quote
Infrastructure
Service Resource Qty-Units Total-Hours Rate Price
Reband Site # 8 Humboldt Motorola
Repeaters 5 5 $190 $950
Retune Combiners & Duplexer (Antenna System) 5 5 $190 $950
Antenna Sweep 1 1 $190 $190
Travel 1 2 $190 $380
Site 8 Total $2,470
Reband Site # 9 Thompson Peak (TPK) Motorola
Repeaters (Quantar) 9 9 $190 $1,710
Retune Combiners & Duplexer (Antenna System) 10 10 $190 $1,900
Antenna Sweep 1 1 $190 $190
Travel 1 8 $190 $1,520
Site 9 Total $5,320
Reband Site # 10 ORD Motorola
Repeaters 5 5 $190 $950
Retune Combiners & Duplexer (Antenna System) 5 5 $190 $950
Antenna Sweep 1 1 $190 $190
Travel 1 2 $190 $380
Site 10 Total $2,470
Reband Site # 11 Yarnell Motorola
Repeaters (Quantar) 4 4 $190 $760
Retune Combiners & Duplexer (Antenna System) 4 4 $190 $760
Antenna Sweep 1 1 $190 $190
Travel 1 2 $190 $380
Site 11 Total $2,090
Reband Site # 12 Towers Motorola
Repeaters 5 5 $190 $950
Retune Combiners & Duplexer 5 5 $190 $950
Antenna Sweep 1 1 $190 $190
Travel 1 2 $190 $380
Site 12 Total $2,470
Reband Site # 13 Chandler Motorola
Repeaters 5 5 $190 $950
Retune Combiners & Duplexer 5 5 $190 $950
Antenna Sweep 1 1 $190 $190
Travel 1 2 $190 $380
Site 13 Total $2,470
Reband Site # 14 Scottsdale Motorola
Repeaters 4 4 $190 $760
Retune Combiners & Duplexer 4 4 $190 $760
Antenna Sweep 1 1 $190 $190
Travel 1 2 $190 $380
Site 14 Total $2,090
Reband Site # 15 Smith Motorola
Repeaters 3 3 $190 $570
Retune Combiners & Duplexer 3 3 $190 $570
Antenna Sweep 1 1 $190 $190
Travel 1 2 $190 $380
Site 15 Total $1,710
MOTO v6.1r
Rev Post-Negot 02/03/2015
Page 47
Motorola Confidential Proprietary
Design, technical and pricing information contained in this offering is considered proprietary and may not be shared with
any person or agency not directly associated with the addressee without the express written consent of Motorola Solutions, Inc., or its designees.

Motorola 800 MHz Rebanding Project
Maricopa County, AZ Reconfiguration Proposal/Statement of Work
PRICING SUMMARY, CONTINUED
Maricopa County Reconfiguration Services Quote
Infrastructure
Service Resource Qty-Units Total-Hours Rate Price
Reband Site # 16 COW 201 Motorola
Repeaters 1 1 $190 $190
Retune Combiners & Duplexer 1 1 $190 $190
Travel 1 2 $190 $380
Site 16 Total $760
FNE - Sites Sub Total $49,780
Quantity Unit Rate Total
Bi-Directional Amp Replacement (4th Avenue & Towers Jail) Motorola 8 Hours $190 $1,520
Bi-Directional Amp Replacement (South Court Towers) Motorola 8 Hours $190 $1,520
Project Manager PM 144 Hours $190 $27,360
System Engineer SE 24 Hours $190 $4,560
System Technologist ST 236 Hours $190 $44,840
Infrastructure Total $129,580
Subscribers
Service Resource Total Units Rate Extended Price
Mobiles Total ** Motorola 1,469 $251,199
Portables Total ** Motorola 5,478 $728,574
Templates Total ** Motorola 165 $62,700
Second programming of subsc.Mobiles ** Motorola 1,169 $199,899
Second programming of subsc.Portables ** Motorola 5,033 $669,389
Modify Templates - 2nd. Programming Motorola 165 $47,025
Project Manager on Site Supervision & Coordination PM 1,028 Hours $190 $195,320
SE Templates, Procedures for Subscribers Support SE 16 Hours $190 $3,040
ST Templates & procedures supervision and approvals ST 212 Hours $190 $40,280
** See details on attached "Subsc.Detail Forms" Subscriber Total $2,197,426
Testing
Service Resource Quantity Unit Rate Extended Price
Pre Rebanding Benchmark Testing Motorola 86 Hours $190 $16,340
Post Rebanding Testing Motorola 86 Hours $190 $16,340
Functional Acceptance Testing Motorola 48 Hours $190 $9,120
Method III Testing Shop 1 Hours $60,000 $60,000
Voyager Testing Equipment Motorola 1 Each $6,660 $6,660
Project Manager PM 48 Hours $190 $9,120
System Engineer SE 30 Hours $190 $5,700
System Technologist ST 184 Hours $190 $34,960
Testing Total $158,240
Project Administration Services
Kick off & Status Meetings, On Site Coordination, Subcontracting, Close out
Service Resource Quantity Unit Rate Extended Price
Project Manager PM 544 Hours $190 $103,360
System Engineer SE 275 Hours $190 $52,250
System Technologist ST 275 Hours $190 $52,250
FRA Negotiation Support PM 0 Hours $190 $0
Travel Expenses TE $60,000
Proj.Administration Activities Total $267,860
Equipment
Reconfiguration Equipment Motorola 1 Each $15,388 $15,388
* See attached table for details Equipment Total $15,388
Total Reconfiguration Price $2,768,494
Rev. 02.02.2015
MOTO v6.1r
Rev Post-Negot 02/03/2015
Page 48
Motorola Confidential Proprietary
Design, technical and pricing information contained in this offering is considered proprietary and may not be shared with
any person or agency not directly associated with the addressee without the express written consent of Motorola Solutions, Inc., or its designees.

Motorola 800 MHz Rebanding Project
Maricopa County, AZ Reconfiguration Proposal/Statement of Work
Price Validity:
Motorola reserves the right to increase the pricing for such Products and Reconfiguration Implementation
Phase Services in a manner that is consistent with its confidential Master Purchase Agreement with
Sprint/Nextel. In addition, for Products that are priced based upon a discount from Motorola’s published list
prices, price adjustments will occur if and when Motorola’s published list prices are modified and the
adjusted prices will apply to any Products that are delivered after the modification to the published list
prices. Subcontractor quotations are normally valid for a limited time period; if a Motorola subcontractor
increases its subcontract price, then Motorola may increase its prime contract price for subcontracted work
that is performed at the increased subcontract price. In all of these situations, any increase in the Contract
Price will be reflected in a change order.
SERVICES DETAIL
Professional Services
Project Manager System Engineer System Technologist
Project Administration Activities Manhours Days Manhours Days Manhours Days
Project Summary
Customer Status Meetings & Project Administration 413 51.6 207 25.9 207 25.875
Project Kickoff
Preplanning and Coordination Meeting/Order processing 60 8 30 3.75 30 3.75
Project Close-Out/Reconciliation
Punch List resolution/True-up 46 6 20 2.5 20 2.5
Final Acceptance 25 3 18 2.25 18 2.25
Total hours for Project Administration Activities 544 68 275 34.375 275 34.375
FNE Reconfiguration
FNE
Preplanning and Coordination Meeting 24 3 8 1 12 1.5
FNE Reconfiguration 96 12 8 1 200 25
Remobilization due to frequency blocking 24 3 8 1 24 3
Total hours for Infrastructure 144 18 24 3 236 29.5
Testing
Conduct Pre Rebanding Verification Test(s) 12 1.5 2 0.25 72 9
Conduct Post Rebanding Verification Test(s) 12 1.5 2 0.25 72 9
Funtional Acceptance Testing 12 1.5 2 0.25 16 2
Method III Testing 12 1.5 24 3 24 3
Total hours for Testing 48 6 30 3.75 184 23
Subscriber Reconfiguration
Preplanning and Coordination Meeting 24 3 4 0.5 8 1
Subscriber Coordination 500 62.5 0 0 16 2
Template & flash/program procedures 40 5 4 0.5 82 10.25
564 70.5 8 1 106 13.25
Subscriber Reconfiguration - (Second touch, as required)
Preplanning and Coordination Meeting 24 3 4 0.5 8 1
Subscriber Coordination 400 50 0 0 16 2
Template & flash/program procedures 40 5 4 0.5 82 10.25
464 58 8 1 106 13.25
Totals for Subscribers Reconfiguration 1028 128.5 16 2 212 26.5
TOTAL PROFESSIONAL SERVICES TIME 1764 221 345 44 907 114
MOTO v6.1r
Rev Post-Negot 02/03/2015
Page 49
Motorola Confidential Proprietary
Design, technical and pricing information contained in this offering is considered proprietary and may not be shared with
any person or agency not directly associated with the addressee without the express written consent of Motorola Solutions, Inc., or its designees.

Motorola 800 MHz Rebanding Project
Maricopa County, AZ Reconfiguration Proposal/Statement of Work
SERVICES DETAIL CONTINUED
Travel Detail
4000.00
of miles @ Per diem Air fare Car rental
$0.560
Number
Labor Number Days out Totals Project Agreed 5%
Project Phase of Mileage $200.00 $1,000.00 $220.00
Category of trips per week /Trip totals mark up
resources
Infrastructure 1 4 3 $0.00 $200.00 $600.00 $221.00 $1,421.00 $5,684.00 $5,969.00
Project Subscribers 1 10 5 $0.00 $200.00 $600.00 $221.00 $1,821.00 $18,210.00 $19,121.00
Manager Testing 1 2 2 $0.00 $200.00 $600.00 $221.00 $1,221.00 $2,442.00 $2,565.00
Overall Project 1 5 5 $0.00 $200.00 $600.00 $220.00 $1,820.00 $9,100.00 $9,555.00
Systems
Infrastructure 1 4 2 $0.00 $200.00 $600.00 $220.00 $1,220.00 $4,880.00 $5,124.00
Engineer
Infrastructure 1 2 4 $0.00 $200.00 $600.00 $221.00 $1,621.00 $3,242.00 $3,405.00
Systems Subscribers 1 4 4 $0.00 $200.00 $600.00 $220.00 $1,620.00 $6,480.00 $6,804.00
Technologist Testing 1 2 3 $0.00 $200.00 $600.00 $221.00 $1,421.00 $2,842.00 $2,984.10
Overall Project 1 3 3 $0.00 $200.00 $600.00 $220.00 $1,420.00 $4,260.00 $4,473.00
SE Pre Rebanding
0 0 0 $2,240.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $2,240.00 $0.00 $0.00
Third Party Method III
Vendor SE Post Rebanding
0 0 0 $2,240.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $2,240.00 $0.00 $0.00
Method III
Estimated Total Travel Expenses $60,000.10
Note: Expenses shown are estimates based on the Scope of Work and required travel for completing the Reconfiguration Design.
Sprint/Nextel will be billed actual expenses plus 5% markup.
MOTO v6.1r
Rev Post-Negot 02/03/2015
Page 50
Motorola Confidential Proprietary
Design, technical and pricing information contained in this offering is considered proprietary and may not be shared with
any person or agency not directly associated with the addressee without the express written consent of Motorola Solutions, Inc., or its designees.

Motorola 800 MHz Rebanding Project
Maricopa County, AZ Reconfiguration Proposal/Statement of Work
SERVICES DETAIL CONTINUED
Subscriber Deployment Form (SED)
Level of Effort
Retune Existing Mobile Radios
LOE for a task on a
Per Unit Time Total
Task Description Quantity Rate $ Total $ per unit basis in
in Hrs Time Hrs
man-hours
• Functional Pre-Test of existing radio - Talk group call on system
• Retune existing radio (no obstruction to retuning of radio)
3 • Functional post test of existing radio - Talk group call on system 0.90 1428 1285.20 $190.00 $ 244,188.00 0.90
Flashing and Retuning Existing Mobiles
LOE for a task on a
Description Per Unit Time Total per unit basis in
Item in Hrs Quantity Time Hrs Rate $ Total $ man-hours
• Functional Pre-Test of existing radio - Talk group call on system
• Flash existing radio with Rebanding software
• Load programming template into existing radio (no obstruction to programming
port of radio and radio is to be flashed and programmed in the vehicle)
4 • Functional post test of existing radio - Talk group call on system 0.90 41 36.90 $190.00 $ 7,011.00 0.90
TOTAL MOBILE RADIOS $ 251,199.00
Portable Radios
LOE for a task on a
Task Per Unit Time Total per unit basis in
Description in Hrs Quantity Time Hrs Rate $ Total $ man-hours
Retune Existing Portable
• Functional Pre-Test of existing radio - Talk group call on system
• Retune existing radio (no obstruction to retuning of radio)
5 • Functional post test of existing radio - Talk group call on system 0.70 5240 3668.00 $190.00 $ 696,920.00 0.70
Flashing and Retuning of Existing Portable Radio
• Functional Pre-Test of existing radio - Talk group call on system
• Flash existing radio with Rebanding software
• Load programming template into existing radio
5a • Functional post test of existing radio - Talk group call on system 0.70 238 166.60 $190.00 $ 31,654.00 0.70
TOTAL PORTABLES RADIOS $ 728,574.00
Radio Templates (Masks)
LOE for a task on a
Task Per Unit Time Total per unit basis in
Description in Hrs Quantity Time Hrs Rate $ Total $ man-hours
6a Modify Radio Templates (Masks) for Flashed Units 2.00 165 330.00 $190.00 $ 62,700.00 2.50
TEMPLATES TOTAL $ 62,700.00
Other Tasks
LOE for a task on a
Task Per Unit Time Total per unit basis in
Description in Hrs Quantity Time Hrs Rate $ Total $ man-hours
7 Second programming of subscribers(remove old freqs) Mobiles 0.90 1169 1052.10 $190.00 $ 199,899.00 By Quote
7a Second programming of subscribers(remove old freqs) Portables 0.70 5033 3523.10 $190.00 $ 669,389.00 By Quote
7b Modify Templates - 2nd. Programming 1.50 165 247.50 $190.00 $ 47,025.00 By Quote
Grand Total $ 1,958,786.00
MOTO v6.1r
Rev Post-Negot 02/03/2015
Page 51
Motorola Confidential Proprietary
Design, technical and pricing information contained in this offering is considered proprietary and may not be shared with
any person or agency not directly associated with the addressee without the express written consent of Motorola Solutions, Inc., or its designees.

Motorola 800 MHz Rebanding Project
Maricopa County, AZ Reconfiguration Proposal/Statement of Work
EQUIPMENT DETAIL
Equipment Detail - Provided by Motorola Solutions
Qty. Model Description Unit Price Extended Price
4 6631-0/B9HSB-SN-5 Special EMR Filters $3,847.00 $15,388.00
$15,388.00
Flashkits Order
QTY Flashes
Generic Radio Radio Model T
Flashkit type required Required Flashcode Option Option
Model Number Model
per kit
MTS2000 H01UCF6PW1BN 3600 Analog (Type II / TYPE III) 30 N1706 000008-000000-2 Q880AF Paid by Sprint/Nextel
XTS2500 H46UCH9PW7AN 3600 IMBE/Analog & P25 35 T6811 500008-000410-5 Q880AC Paid by Sprint/Nextel
XTL2500 M21URM9PW1AN 3600 IMBE/Analog & P25 3 T7247 100008-000000-0 G880AG Paid by Sprint/Nextel
XTS5000 H18UCH9PW7AN 3600 IMBE/Analog & P25 93 T6751 100008-000000-0 Q880AA Paid by Sprint/Nextel
XTL5000 M20URS9PW1AN 3600 IMBE/Analog & P25 22 T7000 100008-000000-0 G880AB Paid by Sprint/Nextel
XTS3000 H09UCH9PW7AN 9600 IMBE Digital (ASTRO 25)" 80 T5781 100008-000480-9 Q880AE Paid by Sprint/Nextel
Astro Spectra (W5) D04UJH9PW7AN 9600 IMBE Digital (ASTRO 25)" 16 H1623 100008-000480-9 G880AE Paid by Sprint/Nextel
7 Total Flash Kits
279 Total Flashes
Equipment Detail - Provided by Sprint Nextel
Item Qty Model Description Price
1 4 441382 DIRECTIONAL COUPLER WITH DIN CONNECTORS Paid and Provided by Sprint Nextel
2 3 441381 DIRECTIONAL COUPLER WITH "N" CONNECTORS Paid and Provided by Sprint Nextel
MOTO v6.1r
Rev Post-Negot 02/03/2015
Page 52
Motorola Confidential Proprietary
Design, technical and pricing information contained in this offering is considered proprietary and may not be shared with
any person or agency not directly associated with the addressee without the express written consent of Motorola Solutions, Inc., or its designees.

Motorola 800 MHz Rebanding Project
Maricopa County, AZ Reconfiguration Proposal/Statement of Work
ATTACHMENTS
A INTERMODULATION REPORT
B SUITABILITY ASSESSMENT IMPACT REPORT
C FUNCTIONAL ACCEPTANCE TEST PROCEDURES (FATP)
D RF PERFORMANCE VERIFICATION PLAN
E CUTOVER & FALL BACK PLAN
F RECONFIGURATION PROJECT SCHEDULE
G EQUIPMENT RETURN PROCESS
MOTO v6.1r
Rev Post-Negot 02/03/2015
Motorola Confidential Proprietary Page 53
Design, technical and pricing information contained in this offering is considered proprietary and may not be shared with
any person or agency not directly associated with the addressee without the express written consent of Motorola Solutions, Inc., or its designees.

Motorola 800 MHz Rebanding Project
Maricopa County, AZ Reconfiguration Proposal / Attachment A
ATTACHMENT A
INTERMODULATION REPORT
Bronco Scottsdale
Central Court Building South East Center
Chandler Smith
Durango Thompson Peak
Gillen Towers
Humboldt White Tanks
Oatman Yarnell
ORD
Rev Post-Negot 02/03/2015
Motorola Confidential Proprietary Page 54
Design, technical and pricing information contained in this offering is considered proprietary and may not be shared with
any person or agency not directly associated with the addressee without the express written consent of Motorola Solutions, Inc., or its designees.

Motorola 800 MHz Rebanding Project
Maricopa County, AZ Reconfiguration Proposal / Attachment A
800 MHz Rebanding
BRONCO Site,
MARICOPA COUNTY, AZ
Intermodulation Analysis
IM Run Date: 7.21.14
Rev Post-Negot 02/03/2015
Motorola Confidential Proprietary Page 55
Design, technical and pricing information contained in this offering is considered proprietary and may not be shared with
any person or agency not directly associated with the addressee without the express written consent of Motorola Solutions, Inc., or its designees.

Motorola 800 MHz Rebanding Project
Maricopa County, AZ Reconfiguration Proposal / Attachment A
Intermodulation Summary:
Table 1 below lists the total quantity of 800 MHz frequencies for MARICOPA COUNTY,
AZ at BRONCO as well as the quantity of MARICOPA COUNTY, AZ 800 MHz frequencies
changing during reconfiguration.
Total Quantity Changing
800 MHz 4 4
Table 1
Table 2 below is the summary of possible intermodulation hits for BRONCO.
Hits to Existing
Hits to new 800 MHz
Frequencies
3rd Order 0 0
5th Order 0 0
7th Order 0 0
Table 2
The detailed intermodulation analysis is included in the following sections.
Analysis Introduction:
Intermodulation (IM) products are generated whenever two or more transmit frequencies mix
together. If there is more than one transmit frequency at a site an IM analysis is necessary to
check for possible IM interference problems. There are three basic categories of Intermodulation
(IM) interference. They are receiver produced, transmitter produced, and “other” radiated IM.
Transmitter produced IM is the result of one or more transmitters impressing a signal in the non-
linear final output stage circuitry of another transmitter, usually via antenna coupling. The IM
product frequency is then re-radiated from the transmitter’s antenna. Receiver produced IM is
the result of two or more transmitter signals mixing in a receiver RF amplifier or mixer stage
when operating in a non-linear range. “Other” radiated IM is the result of transmitter signals
mixing in other non-linear junctions. These junctions are usually metallic, such as rusty bolts on
a tower, dissimilar metallic junctions, or other non-linear metallic junctions in the area. IM
products can also be caused by non-linearity in the transmission system such as antenna,
transmission line, or connectors.
This IM study has been performed to predict possible IM products that could be generated by
the potential new frequencies as they are used at the BRONCO site after Rebanding. BRONCO
site is one of the sites used in the MARICOPA COUNTY, AZ project. There may be other
frequencies used by Cellular providers at the BRONCO site. Cellular providers often license a
range of frequencies to a site. These frequencies may or may not be in use at any given time.
Therefore, the intermodulation study as provided is based on frequencies at the site which do not
belong to a cellular service provider. All frequencies included in this intermodulation study are a
result of information provided to Motorola during the data collection exercise.
Rev Post-Negot 02/03/2015
Motorola Confidential Proprietary Page 56
Design, technical and pricing information contained in this offering is considered proprietary and may not be shared with
any person or agency not directly associated with the addressee without the express written consent of Motorola Solutions, Inc., or its designees.

Motorola 800 MHz Rebanding Project
Maricopa County, AZ Reconfiguration Proposal / Attachment A
Analysis Factors:
Following are the frequencies used in generating the BRONCO site IM report:
BOLD frequencies in table 4 are new rebanding frequencies at the site. Italicized frequencies
in table 4 are frequencies at the site that did not change due to rebanding.
Transmit
MARICOPA COUNTY Receive Frequency:
Frequency:
CHANNEL 1 853.8750 808.8750
CHANNEL 2 851.8125 806.8125
CHANNEL 3 851.2625 806.2625
CHANNEL 4 851.0750 806.0750
Table 4
The analysis calculates possible IM product frequencies through the seventh (7th) order that
could potentially interfere with receivers at the communications site based on each receiver’s
individual bandwidth. The results can be used to develop an IM mitigation strategy. The
parameters that affect the IM product calculations are: Order of IM products, the number of
transmitters, the number of harmonics, and the half window (bandwidth) of the receiver.
Following are the parameters used for the BRONCO site IM analysis:
Minimum Number Transmitters = 2
Maximum Number Transmitters = 4
Minimum Order = 2
Maximum Order = 5
Minimum Harmonic = 1
Maximum Harmonic = 5
Half Window = 12.5 kHz
The product order is equal to the harmonic multiples of the transmitter frequencies added
together. For this IM analysis, 3rd, 5th and 7th order IM study reports were created. There is a
possibility of higher order IM product interference. As the product order increases, the
magnitude of the interfering signal decreases. Once the magnitude of the signal drops below the
sensitivity of the target receiver, it is considered a minimal threat. For this reason 7th order is the
maximum product order considered in this analysis. To generate 7th order IM products, the
maximum of 7 transmitters are required to broadcast simultaneously, or a combination sum of
the harmonic factors of the transmitters is equal to 7(e.g. 3A+4B or 3A-4B).
A harmonic represents the multiple of the original transmitter’s carrier frequency. The greater
the harmonic multiple of a transmitter signal, the lower the power will be relative to the
transmitter signal and therefore, the smaller the level of the interfering signal. For the 7th order
IM products, the maximum harmonic required is 6 for minimum two transmit frequency
assuming that one transmitter alone will not create IM interference.
Rev Post-Negot 02/03/2015
Motorola Confidential Proprietary Page 57
Design, technical and pricing information contained in this offering is considered proprietary and may not be shared with
any person or agency not directly associated with the addressee without the express written consent of Motorola Solutions, Inc., or its designees.

Motorola 800 MHz Rebanding Project
Maricopa County, AZ Reconfiguration Proposal / Attachment A
Half window of the receiver is the most critical parameter which takes into consideration the
receiver bandwidth. During calculation, Hydra checks IM products within (+/- (Half window)
KHz) of all Rx frequencies. For this analysis 12.5 KHz was used as receiver half bandwidth.
Analysis Results:
Hydra was used to generate a 3rd, 5th, and 7th order IM report.
Table 5 below lists possible intermodulation direct hits by order as seen in the report.
800 MHz VHF UHF Other Other
3rd Order 0
5th Order 0
7th Order 0
Table 5
Table 6 below lists the indirect intermodulation hits as seen in the report.
800 MHz VHF UHF Other Other
3rd Order 0
5th Order 0
7th Order 0
Table 6
VHF, Low-band, and UHF channels are usually spaced very close to one another which can
result in intermodulation hits. It should be noted that simplex channels may cause IM products,
but the receiver and transmitter in these stations are never engaged simultaneously and should be
disregarded when the transmitter of the simplex frequency registers IM products upon its own
receiver as is the case in this scenario. Any even order IM products are prevented by the
equipment design of the system.
The presence of calculated IM products does not necessarily indicate an IM hit will occur on
the site. To evaluate the impact of direct and indirect IM products, further investigation is
needed which could include identification of mixing point, determining probability of
transmission on each frequency, power level at mixing point, site configuration, and etc.
Generally 5th order IM products have a lower impact than 3rd order, but can cause significant IM
problems if the power level at the mixing point is high, further investigation would be needed.
The severity of the 7th order IM products is relatively low and can be ignored if the power level
is low.
These results were generated assuming the presence of only the frequencies mentioned in
Analysis Factor section. If there is a change in the frequencies used at the site, another IM
analysis should be done to re-evaluate the impact of intermodulation.
Rev Post-Negot 02/03/2015
Motorola Confidential Proprietary Page 58
Design, technical and pricing information contained in this offering is considered proprietary and may not be shared with
any person or agency not directly associated with the addressee without the express written consent of Motorola Solutions, Inc., or its designees.

Motorola 800 MHz Rebanding Project
Maricopa County, AZ Reconfiguration Proposal / Attachment A
Recommendations:
1. Avoid using frequencies that have direct 3rd order IM products or create direct 3rd order
IM products.
2. Not all of the mixing possibilities are significant in creating interference signals. Higher
order IM products are usually weaker in signal strength. Also, the interference depends
on the power level of the mixing signal. Impact of higher order IM products can be
mitigated by controlling the power level of the mixing signal.
3. Provide separate transmit and receive cables. This would move the mixing point far from
both the transmitters and receivers resulting in less probability of an IM problem.
4. Replace all connectors in the system with premium grade connectors where VHF, lower
UHF, and 800MHz frequencies are present.
5. In addition to the connectors, quality components should be used throughout the system,
such as power dividers and cross-band couplers. The installation must always be of the
highest quality. A premium component will cause problems if not installed properly.
6. Direct IM products are more significant than indirect IM products. The impact of
indirect IM products will depend on signal level and how far apart is the IM product from
the receiver frequency.
Disclaimer:
Intermodulation distortion products (IM) are always present where two or more collocated
transmitters are operating simultaneously. Managing the power levels of the IM signals
developed through proper system design will determine whether they cause harmful interference
to communications.
The IM analysis is simply one of the tools used to guide proper design and must be used by a
trained technical person competent to understand its meaning and limitations. The appearance of
an IM product in the analysis does not mean such a product will cause harmful interference, or
indeed even be present. It simply indicates the mathematical possibility of a product being
produced.
Rev Post-Negot 02/03/2015
Motorola Confidential Proprietary Page 59
Design, technical and pricing information contained in this offering is considered proprietary and may not be shared with
any person or agency not directly associated with the addressee without the express written consent of Motorola Solutions, Inc., or its designees.

Motorola 800 MHz Rebanding Project
Maricopa County, AZ Reconfiguration Proposal / Attachment A
800 MHz Rebanding
CENTRAL COURT BLDG Site,
MARICOPA COUNTY, AZ
Intermodulation Analysis
IM Run Date: 7.21.2014
Rev Post-Negot 02/03/2015
Motorola Confidential Proprietary Page 60
Design, technical and pricing information contained in this offering is considered proprietary and may not be shared with
any person or agency not directly associated with the addressee without the express written consent of Motorola Solutions, Inc., or its designees.

Motorola 800 MHz Rebanding Project
Maricopa County, AZ Reconfiguration Proposal / Attachment A
Intermodulation Summary:
Table 1 below lists the total quantity of 800 MHz frequencies for MARICOPA COUNTY,
AZ at CENTRAL COURT BLDG as well as the quantity of MARICOPA COUNTY, AZ 800
MHz frequencies changing during reconfiguration.
Total Quantity Changing
800 MHz 8 8
Table 1
Table 2 below is the summary of possible intermodulation hits for CENTRAL COURT
BLDG.
Hits to Existing
Hits to new 800 MHz
Frequencies
3rd Order 0 0
5th Order 0 0
7th Order 0 0
Table 2
The detailed intermodulation analysis is included in the following sections.
Analysis Introduction:
Intermodulation (IM) products are generated whenever two or more transmit frequencies mix
together. If there is more than one transmit frequency at a site an IM analysis is necessary to
check for possible IM interference problems. There are three basic categories of Intermodulation
(IM) interference. They are receiver produced, transmitter produced, and “other” radiated IM.
Transmitter produced IM is the result of one or more transmitters impressing a signal in the non-
linear final output stage circuitry of another transmitter, usually via antenna coupling. The IM
product frequency is then re-radiated from the transmitter’s antenna. Receiver produced IM is
the result of two or more transmitter signals mixing in a receiver RF amplifier or mixer stage
when operating in a non-linear range. “Other” radiated IM is the result of transmitter signals
mixing in other non-linear junctions. These junctions are usually metallic, such as rusty bolts on
a tower, dissimilar metallic junctions, or other non-linear metallic junctions in the area. IM
products can also be caused by non-linearity in the transmission system such as antenna,
transmission line, or connectors.
This IM study has been performed to predict possible IM products that could be generated by
the potential new frequencies as they are used at the CENTRAL COURT BLDG site after
Rebanding. CENTRAL COURT BLDG site is one of the sites used in the MARICOPA
COUNTY, AZ project. There may be other frequencies used by Cellular providers at the
CENTRAL COURT BLDG site. Cellular providers often license a range of frequencies to a
site. These frequencies may or may not be in use at any given time. Therefore, the
intermodulation study as provided is based on frequencies at the site which do not belong to a
Rev Post-Negot 02/03/2015
Motorola Confidential Proprietary Page 61
Design, technical and pricing information contained in this offering is considered proprietary and may not be shared with
any person or agency not directly associated with the addressee without the express written consent of Motorola Solutions, Inc., or its designees.

Motorola 800 MHz Rebanding Project
Maricopa County, AZ Reconfiguration Proposal / Attachment A
cellular service provider. All frequencies included in this intermodulation study are a result of
information provided to Motorola during the data collection exercise.
Analysis Factors:
Following are the frequencies used in generating the CENTRAL COURT BLDG site IM
report:
BOLD frequencies in table 4 are new rebanding frequencies at the site. Italicized frequencies
in table 4 are frequencies at the site that did not change due to rebanding.
Transmit
MARICOPA COUNTY Receive Frequency:
Frequency:
CHANNEL 1 853.8250 808.8250
CHANNEL 2 851.7750 806.7750
CHANNEL 3 857.8625 812.8625
CHANNEL 4 851.3250 806.3250
CHANNEL 5 851.1750 806.1750
CHANNEL 6 851.1250 806.1250
CHANNEL 7 858.2625 813.2625
CHANNEL 8 857.2375 812.2375
Table 4
The analysis calculates possible IM product frequencies through the seventh (7th) order that
could potentially interfere with receivers at the communications site based on each receiver’s
individual bandwidth. The results can be used to develop an IM mitigation strategy. The
parameters that affect the IM product calculations are: Order of IM products, the number of
transmitters, the number of harmonics, and the half window (bandwidth) of the receiver.
Following are the parameters used for the CENTRAL COURT BLDG site IM analysis:
Minimum Number Transmitters = 2
Maximum Number Transmitters = 42
Minimum Order = 2
Maximum Order = 5
Minimum Harmonic = 1
Maximum Harmonic = 5
Half Window = 12.5 kHz
The product order is equal to the harmonic multiples of the transmitter frequencies added
together. For this IM analysis, 3rd, 5th and 7th order IM study reports were created. There is a
possibility of higher order IM product interference. As the product order increases, the
magnitude of the interfering signal decreases. Once the magnitude of the signal drops below the
sensitivity of the target receiver, it is considered a minimal threat. For this reason 7th order is the
maximum product order considered in this analysis. To generate 7th order IM products, the
maximum of 7 transmitters are required to broadcast simultaneously, or a combination sum of
the harmonic factors of the transmitters is equal to 7(e.g. 3A+4B or 3A-4B).
Rev Post-Negot 02/03/2015
Motorola Confidential Proprietary Page 62
Design, technical and pricing information contained in this offering is considered proprietary and may not be shared with
any person or agency not directly associated with the addressee without the express written consent of Motorola Solutions, Inc., or its designees.

Motorola 800 MHz Rebanding Project
Maricopa County, AZ Reconfiguration Proposal / Attachment A
A harmonic represents the multiple of the original transmitter’s carrier frequency. The greater
the harmonic multiple of a transmitter signal, the lower the power will be relative to the
transmitter signal and therefore, the smaller the level of the interfering signal. For the 7th order
IM products, the maximum harmonic required is 6 for minimum two transmit frequency
assuming that one transmitter alone will not create IM interference.
Half window of the receiver is the most critical parameter which takes into consideration the
receiver bandwidth. During calculation, Hydra checks IM products within (+/- (Half window)
KHz) of all Rx frequencies. For this analysis 12.5 KHz was used as receiver half bandwidth.
Analysis Results:
Hydra was used to generate a 3rd, 5th, and 7th order IM report.
Table 5 below lists possible intermodulation direct hits by order as seen in the report.
800 MHz VHF UHF Other Other
3rd Order 0
5th Order 0
7th Order 0
Table 5
Table 6 below lists the indirect intermodulation hits as seen in the report.
800 MHz VHF UHF Other Other
3rd Order 0
5th Order 0
7th Order 0
Table 6
VHF, Low-band, and UHF channels are usually spaced very close to one another which can
result in intermodulation hits. It should be noted that simplex channels may cause IM products,
but the receiver and transmitter in these stations are never engaged simultaneously and should be
disregarded when the transmitter of the simplex frequency registers IM products upon its own
receiver as is the case in this scenario. Any even order IM products are prevented by the
equipment design of the system.
The presence of calculated IM products does not necessarily indicate an IM hit will occur on
the site. To evaluate the impact of direct and indirect IM products, further investigation is
needed which could include identification of mixing point, determining probability of
transmission on each frequency, power level at mixing point, site configuration, and etc.
Generally 5th order IM products have a lower impact than 3rd order, but can cause significant IM
problems if the power level at the mixing point is high, further investigation would be needed.
The severity of the 7th order IM products is relatively low and can be ignored if the power level
is low.
Rev Post-Negot 02/03/2015
Motorola Confidential Proprietary Page 63
Design, technical and pricing information contained in this offering is considered proprietary and may not be shared with
any person or agency not directly associated with the addressee without the express written consent of Motorola Solutions, Inc., or its designees.

Motorola 800 MHz Rebanding Project
Maricopa County, AZ Reconfiguration Proposal / Attachment A
These results were generated assuming the presence of only the frequencies mentioned in
Analysis Factor section. If there is a change in the frequencies used at the site, another IM
analysis should be done to re-evaluate the impact of intermodulation.
Recommendations:
1. Avoid using frequencies that have direct 3rd order IM products or create direct 3rd order
IM products.
2. Not all of the mixing possibilities are significant in creating interference signals. Higher
order IM products are usually weaker in signal strength. Also, the interference depends
on the power level of the mixing signal. Impact of higher order IM products can be
mitigated by controlling the power level of the mixing signal.
3. Provide separate transmit and receive cables. This would move the mixing point far from
both the transmitters and receivers resulting in less probability of an IM problem.
4. Replace all connectors in the system with premium grade connectors where VHF, lower
UHF, and 800MHz frequencies are present.
5. In addition to the connectors, quality components should be used throughout the system,
such as power dividers and cross-band couplers. The installation must always be of the
highest quality. A premium component will cause problems if not installed properly.
6. Direct IM products are more significant than indirect IM products. The impact of
indirect IM products will depend on signal level and how far apart is the IM product from
the receiver frequency.
Disclaimer:
Intermodulation distortion products (IM) are always present where two or more collocated
transmitters are operating simultaneously. Managing the power levels of the IM signals
developed through proper system design will determine whether they cause harmful interference
to communications.
The IM analysis is simply one of the tools used to guide proper design and must be used by a
trained technical person competent to understand its meaning and limitations. The appearance of
an IM product in the analysis does not mean such a product will cause harmful interference, or
indeed even be present. It simply indicates the mathematical possibility of a product being
produced.
Rev Post-Negot 02/03/2015
Motorola Confidential Proprietary Page 64
Design, technical and pricing information contained in this offering is considered proprietary and may not be shared with
any person or agency not directly associated with the addressee without the express written consent of Motorola Solutions, Inc., or its designees.

Motorola 800 MHz Rebanding Project
Maricopa County, AZ Reconfiguration Proposal / Attachment A
800 MHz Rebanding
CHANDLER Site,
MARICOPA COUNTY, AZ
Intermodulation Analysis
IM Run Date: 7.21.2014
Rev Post-Negot 02/03/2015
Motorola Confidential Proprietary Page 65
Design, technical and pricing information contained in this offering is considered proprietary and may not be shared with
any person or agency not directly associated with the addressee without the express written consent of Motorola Solutions, Inc., or its designees.

Motorola 800 MHz Rebanding Project
Maricopa County, AZ Reconfiguration Proposal / Attachment A
Intermodulation Summary:
Table 1 below lists the total quantity of 800 MHz frequencies for MARICOPA
COUNTY,AZ at CHANDLER as well as the quantity of MARICOPA COUNTY, AZ 800 MHz
frequencies changing during reconfiguration.
Total Quantity Changing
800 MHz 5 5
Table 1
Table 2 below is the summary of possible intermodulation hits for Chandler.
Hits to Existing
Hits to new 800 MHz
Frequencies
3rd Order 0 0
5th Order 0 0
7th Order 0 0
Table 2
The detailed intermodulation analysis is included in the following sections.
Analysis Introduction:
Intermodulation (IM) products are generated whenever two or more transmit frequencies mix
together. If there is more than one transmit frequency at a site an IM analysis is necessary to
check for possible IM interference problems. There are three basic categories of Intermodulation
(IM) interference. They are receiver produced, transmitter produced, and “other” radiated IM.
Transmitter produced IM is the result of one or more transmitters impressing a signal in the non-
linear final output stage circuitry of another transmitter, usually via antenna coupling. The IM
product frequency is then re-radiated from the transmitter’s antenna. Receiver produced IM is
the result of two or more transmitter signals mixing in a receiver RF amplifier or mixer stage
when operating in a non-linear range. “Other” radiated IM is the result of transmitter signals
mixing in other non-linear junctions. These junctions are usually metallic, such as rusty bolts on
a tower, dissimilar metallic junctions, or other non-linear metallic junctions in the area. IM
products can also be caused by non-linearity in the transmission system such as antenna,
transmission line, or connectors.
This IM study has been performed to predict possible IM products that could be generated by
the potential new frequencies as they are used at the CHANDLER site after Rebanding.
CHANDLER site is one of the sites used in the MARICOPA COUNTY, AZ project. There
may be other frequencies used by Cellular providers at the CHANDLER site. Cellular providers
often license a range of frequencies to a site. These frequencies may or may not be in use at any
given time. Therefore, the intermodulation study as provided is based on frequencies at the site
which do not belong to a cellular service provider. All frequencies included in this
Rev Post-Negot 02/03/2015
Motorola Confidential Proprietary Page 66
Design, technical and pricing information contained in this offering is considered proprietary and may not be shared with
any person or agency not directly associated with the addressee without the express written consent of Motorola Solutions, Inc., or its designees.

Motorola 800 MHz Rebanding Project
Maricopa County, AZ Reconfiguration Proposal / Attachment A
intermodulation study are a result of information provided to Motorola during the data collection
exercise.
Analysis Factors:
Following are the frequencies used in generating the CHANDLER site IM report:
BOLD frequencies in table 4 are new rebanding frequencies at the site. Italicized frequencies
in table 4 are frequencies at the site that did not change due to rebanding.
Transmit
MARICOPA COUNTY Receive Frequency:
Frequency:
CHANNEL 1 853.7750 808.7750
CHANNEL 2 851.6750 806.6750
CHANNEL 3 851.6000 806.6000
CHANNEL 4 851.2500 806.2500
CHANNEL 5 851.1500 806.1500
Table 4
The analysis calculates possible IM product frequencies through the seventh (7th) order that
could potentially interfere with receivers at the communications site based on each receiver’s
individual bandwidth. The results can be used to develop an IM mitigation strategy. The
parameters that affect the IM product calculations are: Order of IM products, the number of
transmitters, the number of harmonics, and the half window (bandwidth) of the receiver.
Following are the parameters used for the CHANDLER site IM analysis:
Minimum Number Transmitters = 2
Maximum Number Transmitters = 22
Minimum Order = 2
Maximum Order = 5
Minimum Harmonic = 1
Maximum Harmonic = 5
Half Window = 12.5 kHz
The product order is equal to the harmonic multiples of the transmitter frequencies added
together. For this IM analysis, 3rd, 5th and 7th order IM study reports were created. There is a
possibility of higher order IM product interference. As the product order increases, the
magnitude of the interfering signal decreases. Once the magnitude of the signal drops below the
sensitivity of the target receiver, it is considered a minimal threat. For this reason 7th order is the
maximum product order considered in this analysis. To generate 7th order IM products, the
maximum of 7 transmitters are required to broadcast simultaneously, or a combination sum of
the harmonic factors of the transmitters is equal to 7(e.g. 3A+4B or 3A-4B).
A harmonic represents the multiple of the original transmitter’s carrier frequency. The greater
the harmonic multiple of a transmitter signal, the lower the power will be relative to the
transmitter signal and therefore, the smaller the level of the interfering signal. For the 7th order
Rev Post-Negot 02/03/2015
Motorola Confidential Proprietary Page 67
Design, technical and pricing information contained in this offering is considered proprietary and may not be shared with
any person or agency not directly associated with the addressee without the express written consent of Motorola Solutions, Inc., or its designees.

Motorola 800 MHz Rebanding Project
Maricopa County, AZ Reconfiguration Proposal / Attachment A
IM products, the maximum harmonic required is 6 for minimum two transmit frequency
assuming that one transmitter alone will not create IM interference.
Half window of the receiver is the most critical parameter which takes into consideration the
receiver bandwidth. During calculation, Hydra checks IM products within (+/- (Half window)
KHz) of all Rx frequencies. For this analysis 12.5 KHz was used as receiver half bandwidth.
Analysis Results:
Hydra was used to generate a 3rd, 5th, and 7th order IM report.
Table 5 below lists possible intermodulation direct hits by order as seen in the report.
800 MHz VHF UHF Other Other
3rd Order 0
5th Order 0
7th Order 0
Table 5
Table 6 below lists the indirect intermodulation hits as seen in the report.
800 MHz VHF UHF Other Other
3rd Order 0
5th Order 0
7th Order 0
Table 6
VHF, Low-band, and UHF channels are usually spaced very close to one another which can
result in intermodulation hits. It should be noted that simplex channels may cause IM products,
but the receiver and transmitter in these stations are never engaged simultaneously and should be
disregarded when the transmitter of the simplex frequency registers IM products upon its own
receiver as is the case in this scenario. Any even order IM products are prevented by the
equipment design of the system.
The presence of calculated IM products does not necessarily indicate an IM hit will occur on
the site. To evaluate the impact of direct and indirect IM products, further investigation is
needed which could include identification of mixing point, determining probability of
transmission on each frequency, power level at mixing point, site configuration, and etc.
Generally 5th order IM products have a lower impact than 3rd order, but can cause significant IM
problems if the power level at the mixing point is high, further investigation would be needed.
The severity of the 7th order IM products is relatively low and can be ignored if the power level
is low.
These results were generated assuming the presence of only the frequencies mentioned in
Analysis Factor section. If there is a change in the frequencies used at the site, another IM
analysis should be done to re-evaluate the impact of intermodulation.
Rev Post-Negot 02/03/2015
Motorola Confidential Proprietary Page 68
Design, technical and pricing information contained in this offering is considered proprietary and may not be shared with
any person or agency not directly associated with the addressee without the express written consent of Motorola Solutions, Inc., or its designees.

Motorola 800 MHz Rebanding Project
Maricopa County, AZ Reconfiguration Proposal / Attachment A
Recommendations:
1. Avoid using frequencies that have direct 3rd order IM products or create direct 3rd order
IM products.
2. Not all of the mixing possibilities are significant in creating interference signals. Higher
order IM products are usually weaker in signal strength. Also, the interference depends
on the power level of the mixing signal. Impact of higher order IM products can be
mitigated by controlling the power level of the mixing signal.
3. Provide separate transmit and receive cables. This would move the mixing point far from
both the transmitters and receivers resulting in less probability of an IM problem.
4. Replace all connectors in the system with premium grade connectors where VHF, lower
UHF, and 800MHz frequencies are present.
5. In addition to the connectors, quality components should be used throughout the system,
such as power dividers and cross-band couplers. The installation must always be of the
highest quality. A premium component will cause problems if not installed properly.
6. Direct IM products are more significant than indirect IM products. The impact of
indirect IM products will depend on signal level and how far apart is the IM product from
the receiver frequency.
Disclaimer:
Intermodulation distortion products (IM) are always present where two or more collocated
transmitters are operating simultaneously. Managing the power levels of the IM signals
developed through proper system design will determine whether they cause harmful interference
to communications.
The IM analysis is simply one of the tools used to guide proper design and must be used by a
trained technical person competent to understand its meaning and limitations. The appearance of
an IM product in the analysis does not mean such a product will cause harmful interference, or
indeed even be present. It simply indicates the mathematical possibility of a product being
produced.
Rev Post-Negot 02/03/2015
Motorola Confidential Proprietary Page 69
Design, technical and pricing information contained in this offering is considered proprietary and may not be shared with
any person or agency not directly associated with the addressee without the express written consent of Motorola Solutions, Inc., or its designees.

Motorola 800 MHz Rebanding Project
Maricopa County, AZ Reconfiguration Proposal / Attachment A
800 MHz Rebanding
DURANGO Site,
MARICOPA COUNTY, AZ
Intermodulation Analysis
IM Run Date: 7.21.2014
Rev Post-Negot 02/03/2015
Motorola Confidential Proprietary Page 70
Design, technical and pricing information contained in this offering is considered proprietary and may not be shared with
any person or agency not directly associated with the addressee without the express written consent of Motorola Solutions, Inc., or its designees.

Motorola 800 MHz Rebanding Project
Maricopa County, AZ Reconfiguration Proposal / Attachment A
Intermodulation Summary:
Table 1 below lists the total quantity of 800 MHz frequencies for MARICOPA COUNTY,
AZ at DURANGO as well as the quantity of MARICOPA COUNTY, AZ 800 MHz frequencies
changing during reconfiguration.
Total Quantity Changing
800 MHz 8 8
Table 1
Table 2 below is the summary of possible intermodulation hits for Durango.
Hits to Existing
Hits to new 800 MHz
Frequencies
3rd Order 0 0
5th Order 0 0
7th Order 0 0
Table 2
The detailed intermodulation analysis is included in the following sections.
Analysis Introduction:
Intermodulation (IM) products are generated whenever two or more transmit frequencies mix
together. If there is more than one transmit frequency at a site an IM analysis is necessary to
check for possible IM interference problems. There are three basic categories of Intermodulation
(IM) interference. They are receiver produced, transmitter produced, and “other” radiated IM.
Transmitter produced IM is the result of one or more transmitters impressing a signal in the non-
linear final output stage circuitry of another transmitter, usually via antenna coupling. The IM
product frequency is then re-radiated from the transmitter’s antenna. Receiver produced IM is
the result of two or more transmitter signals mixing in a receiver RF amplifier or mixer stage
when operating in a non-linear range. “Other” radiated IM is the result of transmitter signals
mixing in other non-linear junctions. These junctions are usually metallic, such as rusty bolts on
a tower, dissimilar metallic junctions, or other non-linear metallic junctions in the area. IM
products can also be caused by non-linearity in the transmission system such as antenna,
transmission line, or connectors.
This IM study has been performed to predict possible IM products that could be generated by
the potential new frequencies as they are used at the DURANGO site after Rebanding.
DURANGO site is one of the sites used in the MARICOPA COUNTY, AZ project. There may
be other frequencies used by Cellular providers at the DURANGO site. Cellular providers often
license a range of frequencies to a site. These frequencies may or may not be in use at any given
time. Therefore, the intermodulation study as provided is based on frequencies at the site which
do not belong to a cellular service provider. All frequencies included in this intermodulation
study are a result of information provided to Motorola during the data collection exercise.
Rev Post-Negot 02/03/2015
Motorola Confidential Proprietary Page 71
Design, technical and pricing information contained in this offering is considered proprietary and may not be shared with
any person or agency not directly associated with the addressee without the express written consent of Motorola Solutions, Inc., or its designees.

Motorola 800 MHz Rebanding Project
Maricopa County, AZ Reconfiguration Proposal / Attachment A
Analysis Factors:
Following are the frequencies used in generating the DURANGO site IM report:
BOLD frequencies in table 4 are new rebanding frequencies at the site. Italicized frequencies
in table 4 are frequencies at the site that did not change due to rebanding.
Transmit
MARICOPA COUNTY Receive Frequency:
Frequency:
CHANNEL 1 853.8750 808.8750
CHANNEL 2 853.8500 808.8500
CHANNEL 3 851.8125 806.8125
CHANNEL 4 851.7375 806.7375
CHANNEL 5 851.6625 806.6625
CHANNEL 6 851.2625 806.2625
CHANNEL 7 857.6625 812.6625
CHANNEL 8 851.5750 806.5750
Table 4
The analysis calculates possible IM product frequencies through the seventh (7th) order that
could potentially interfere with receivers at the communications site based on each receiver’s
individual bandwidth. The results can be used to develop an IM mitigation strategy. The
parameters that affect the IM product calculations are: Order of IM products, the number of
transmitters, the number of harmonics, and the half window (bandwidth) of the receiver.
Following are the parameters used for the DURANGO site IM analysis:
Minimum Number Transmitters = 2
Maximum Number Transmitters = 8
Minimum Order = 2
Maximum Order = 5
Minimum Harmonic = 1
Maximum Harmonic = 5
Half Window = 12.5 kHz
The product order is equal to the harmonic multiples of the transmitter frequencies added
together. For this IM analysis, 3rd, 5th and 7th order IM study reports were created. There is a
possibility of higher order IM product interference. As the product order increases, the
magnitude of the interfering signal decreases. Once the magnitude of the signal drops below the
sensitivity of the target receiver, it is considered a minimal threat. For this reason 7th order is the
maximum product order considered in this analysis. To generate 7th order IM products, the
maximum of 7 transmitters are required to broadcast simultaneously, or a combination sum of
the harmonic factors of the transmitters is equal to 7(e.g. 3A+4B or 3A-4B).
A harmonic represents the multiple of the original transmitter’s carrier frequency. The greater
the harmonic multiple of a transmitter signal, the lower the power will be relative to the
transmitter signal and therefore, the smaller the level of the interfering signal. For the 7th order
Rev Post-Negot 02/03/2015
Motorola Confidential Proprietary Page 72
Design, technical and pricing information contained in this offering is considered proprietary and may not be shared with
any person or agency not directly associated with the addressee without the express written consent of Motorola Solutions, Inc., or its designees.

Motorola 800 MHz Rebanding Project
Maricopa County, AZ Reconfiguration Proposal / Attachment A
IM products, the maximum harmonic required is 6 for minimum two transmit frequency
assuming that one transmitter alone will not create IM interference.
Half window of the receiver is the most critical parameter which takes into consideration the
receiver bandwidth. During calculation, Hydra checks IM products within (+/- (Half window)
KHz) of all Rx frequencies. For this analysis 12.5 KHz was used as receiver half bandwidth.
Analysis Results:
Hydra was used to generate a 3rd, 5th, and 7th order IM report.
Table 5 below lists possible intermodulation direct hits by order as seen in the report.
800 MHz VHF UHF Other Other
3rd Order 0
5th Order 0
7th Order 0
Table 5
Table 6 below lists the indirect intermodulation hits as seen in the report.
800 MHz VHF UHF Other Other
3rd Order 0
5th Order 0
7th Order 0
Table 6
VHF, Low-band, and UHF channels are usually spaced very close to one another which can
result in intermodulation hits. It should be noted that simplex channels may cause IM products,
but the receiver and transmitter in these stations are never engaged simultaneously and should be
disregarded when the transmitter of the simplex frequency registers IM products upon its own
receiver as is the case in this scenario. Any even order IM products are prevented by the
equipment design of the system.
The presence of calculated IM products does not necessarily indicate an IM hit will occur on
the site. To evaluate the impact of direct and indirect IM products, further investigation is
needed which could include identification of mixing point, determining probability of
transmission on each frequency, power level at mixing point, site configuration, and etc.
Generally 5th order IM products have a lower impact than 3rd order, but can cause significant IM
problems if the power level at the mixing point is high, further investigation would be needed.
The severity of the 7th order IM products is relatively low and can be ignored if the power level
is low.
Rev Post-Negot 02/03/2015
Motorola Confidential Proprietary Page 73
Design, technical and pricing information contained in this offering is considered proprietary and may not be shared with
any person or agency not directly associated with the addressee without the express written consent of Motorola Solutions, Inc., or its designees.

Motorola 800 MHz Rebanding Project
Maricopa County, AZ Reconfiguration Proposal / Attachment A
These results were generated assuming the presence of only the frequencies mentioned in
Analysis Factor section. If there is a change in the frequencies used at the site, another IM
analysis should be done to re-evaluate the impact of intermodulation.
Recommendations:
1. Avoid using frequencies that have direct 3rd order IM products or create direct 3rd order
IM products.
2. Not all of the mixing possibilities are significant in creating interference signals. Higher
order IM products are usually weaker in signal strength. Also, the interference depends
on the power level of the mixing signal. Impact of higher order IM products can be
mitigated by controlling the power level of the mixing signal.
3. Provide separate transmit and receive cables. This would move the mixing point far from
both the transmitters and receivers resulting in less probability of an IM problem.
4. Replace all connectors in the system with premium grade connectors where VHF, lower
UHF, and 800MHz frequencies are present.
5. In addition to the connectors, quality components should be used throughout the system,
such as power dividers and cross-band couplers. The installation must always be of the
highest quality. A premium component will cause problems if not installed properly.
6. Direct IM products are more significant than indirect IM products. The impact of
indirect IM products will depend on signal level and how far apart is the IM product from
the receiver frequency.
Disclaimer:
Intermodulation distortion products (IM) are always present where two or more collocated
transmitters are operating simultaneously. Managing the power levels of the IM signals
developed through proper system design will determine whether they cause harmful interference
to communications.
The IM analysis is simply one of the tools used to guide proper design and must be used by a
trained technical person competent to understand its meaning and limitations. The appearance of
an IM product in the analysis does not mean such a product will cause harmful interference, or
indeed even be present. It simply indicates the mathematical possibility of a product being
produced.
Rev Post-Negot 02/03/2015
Motorola Confidential Proprietary Page 74
Design, technical and pricing information contained in this offering is considered proprietary and may not be shared with
any person or agency not directly associated with the addressee without the express written consent of Motorola Solutions, Inc., or its designees.

Motorola 800 MHz Rebanding Project
Maricopa County, AZ Reconfiguration Proposal / Attachment A
800 MHz Rebanding
GILLEN Site,
MARICOPA COUNTY, AZ
Intermodulation Analysis
IM Run Date: 7.21.2014
Rev Post-Negot 02/03/2015
Motorola Confidential Proprietary Page 75
Design, technical and pricing information contained in this offering is considered proprietary and may not be shared with
any person or agency not directly associated with the addressee without the express written consent of Motorola Solutions, Inc., or its designees.

Motorola 800 MHz Rebanding Project
Maricopa County, AZ Reconfiguration Proposal / Attachment A
Intermodulation Summary:
Table 1 below lists the total quantity of 800 MHz frequencies for MARICOPA COUNTY,
AZ at GILLEN as well as the quantity of MARICOPA COUNTY, AZ 800 MHz frequencies
changing during reconfiguration.
Total Quantity Changing
800 MHz 5 3
Table 1
Table 2 below is the summary of possible intermodulation hits for Gillen.
Hits to Existing
Hits to new 800 MHz
Frequencies
3rd Order 0 0
5th Order 0 0
7th Order 0 0
Table 2
The detailed intermodulation analysis is included in the following sections.
Analysis Introduction:
Intermodulation (IM) products are generated whenever two or more transmit frequencies mix
together. If there is more than one transmit frequency at a site an IM analysis is necessary to
check for possible IM interference problems. There are three basic categories of Intermodulation
(IM) interference. They are receiver produced, transmitter produced, and “other” radiated IM.
Transmitter produced IM is the result of one or more transmitters impressing a signal in the non-
linear final output stage circuitry of another transmitter, usually via antenna coupling. The IM
product frequency is then re-radiated from the transmitter’s antenna. Receiver produced IM is
the result of two or more transmitter signals mixing in a receiver RF amplifier or mixer stage
when operating in a non-linear range. “Other” radiated IM is the result of transmitter signals
mixing in other non-linear junctions. These junctions are usually metallic, such as rusty bolts on
a tower, dissimilar metallic junctions, or other non-linear metallic junctions in the area. IM
products can also be caused by non-linearity in the transmission system such as antenna,
transmission line, or connectors.
This IM study has been performed to predict possible IM products that could be generated by
the potential new frequencies as they are used at the GILLEN site after Rebanding. GILLEN
site is one of the sites used in the MARICOPA COUNTY, AZ project. There may be other
frequencies used by Cellular providers at the GILLEN site. Cellular providers often license a
range of frequencies to a site. These frequencies may or may not be in use at any given time.
Therefore, the intermodulation study as provided is based on frequencies at the site which do not
belong to a cellular service provider. All frequencies included in this intermodulation study are a
result of information provided to Motorola during the data collection exercise.
Rev Post-Negot 02/03/2015
Motorola Confidential Proprietary Page 76
Design, technical and pricing information contained in this offering is considered proprietary and may not be shared with
any person or agency not directly associated with the addressee without the express written consent of Motorola Solutions, Inc., or its designees.

Motorola 800 MHz Rebanding Project
Maricopa County, AZ Reconfiguration Proposal / Attachment A
Analysis Factors:
Following are the frequencies used in generating the GILLEN site IM report:
BOLD frequencies in table 4 are new rebanding frequencies at the site. Italicized frequencies
in table 4 are frequencies at the site that did not change due to rebanding.
Transmit
MARICOPA COUNTY Receive Frequency:
Frequency:
CHANNEL 1 858.7625 813.7625
CHANNEL 2 857.7625 812.7625
CHANNEL 3 851.4500 806.4500
CHANNEL 4 851.2125 806.2125
CHANNEL 5 851.0625 806.0625
Table 4
The analysis calculates possible IM product frequencies through the seventh (7th) order that
could potentially interfere with receivers at the communications site based on each receiver’s
individual bandwidth. The results can be used to develop an IM mitigation strategy. The
parameters that affect the IM product calculations are: Order of IM products, the number of
transmitters, the number of harmonics, and the half window (bandwidth) of the receiver.
Following are the parameters used for the Gillen site IM analysis:
Minimum Number Transmitters = 2
Maximum Number Transmitters = 43
Minimum Order = 2
Maximum Order = 5
Minimum Harmonic = 1
Maximum Harmonic = 5
Half Window = 12.5 kHz
The product order is equal to the harmonic multiples of the transmitter frequencies added
together. For this IM analysis, 3rd, 5th and 7th order IM study reports were created. There is a
possibility of higher order IM product interference. As the product order increases, the
magnitude of the interfering signal decreases. Once the magnitude of the signal drops below the
sensitivity of the target receiver, it is considered a minimal threat. For this reason 7th order is the
maximum product order considered in this analysis. To generate 7th order IM products, the
maximum of 7 transmitters are required to broadcast simultaneously, or a combination sum of
the harmonic factors of the transmitters is equal to 7(e.g. 3A+4B or 3A-4B).
A harmonic represents the multiple of the original transmitter’s carrier frequency. The greater
the harmonic multiple of a transmitter signal, the lower the power will be relative to the
transmitter signal and therefore, the smaller the level of the interfering signal. For the 7th order
IM products, the maximum harmonic required is 6 for minimum two transmit frequency
assuming that one transmitter alone will not create IM interference.
Rev Post-Negot 02/03/2015
Motorola Confidential Proprietary Page 77
Design, technical and pricing information contained in this offering is considered proprietary and may not be shared with
any person or agency not directly associated with the addressee without the express written consent of Motorola Solutions, Inc., or its designees.

Motorola 800 MHz Rebanding Project
Maricopa County, AZ Reconfiguration Proposal / Attachment A
Half window of the receiver is the most critical parameter which takes into consideration the
receiver bandwidth. During calculation, Hydra checks IM products within (+/- (Half window)
KHz) of all Rx frequencies. For this analysis 12.5 KHz was used as receiver half bandwidth.
Analysis Results:
Hydra was used to generate a 3rd, 5th, and 7th order IM report.
Table 5 below lists possible intermodulation direct hits by order as seen in the report.
800 MHz VHF UHF Other Other
3rd Order 0
5th Order 0
7th Order 0
Table 5
Table 6 below lists the indirect intermodulation hits as seen in the report.
800 MHz VHF UHF Other Other
3rd Order 0
5th Order 0
7th Order 0
Table 6
VHF, Low-band, and UHF channels are usually spaced very close to one another which can
result in intermodulation hits. It should be noted that simplex channels may cause IM products,
but the receiver and transmitter in these stations are never engaged simultaneously and should be
disregarded when the transmitter of the simplex frequency registers IM products upon its own
receiver as is the case in this scenario. Any even order IM products are prevented by the
equipment design of the system.
The presence of calculated IM products does not necessarily indicate an IM hit will occur on
the site. To evaluate the impact of direct and indirect IM products, further investigation is
needed which could include identification of mixing point, determining probability of
transmission on each frequency, power level at mixing point, site configuration, and etc.
Generally 5th order IM products have a lower impact than 3rd order, but can cause significant IM
problems if the power level at the mixing point is high, further investigation would be needed.
The severity of the 7th order IM products is relatively low and can be ignored if the power level
is low.
These results were generated assuming the presence of only the frequencies mentioned in
Analysis Factor section. If there is a change in the frequencies used at the site, another IM
analysis should be done to re-evaluate the impact of intermodulation.
Rev Post-Negot 02/03/2015
Motorola Confidential Proprietary Page 78
Design, technical and pricing information contained in this offering is considered proprietary and may not be shared with
any person or agency not directly associated with the addressee without the express written consent of Motorola Solutions, Inc., or its designees.

Motorola 800 MHz Rebanding Project
Maricopa County, AZ Reconfiguration Proposal / Attachment A
Recommendations:
1. Avoid using frequencies that have direct 3rd order IM products or create direct 3rd order
IM products.
2. Not all of the mixing possibilities are significant in creating interference signals. Higher
order IM products are usually weaker in signal strength. Also, the interference depends
on the power level of the mixing signal. Impact of higher order IM products can be
mitigated by controlling the power level of the mixing signal.
3. Provide separate transmit and receive cables. This would move the mixing point far from
both the transmitters and receivers resulting in less probability of an IM problem.
4. Replace all connectors in the system with premium grade connectors where VHF, lower
UHF, and 800MHz frequencies are present.
5. In addition to the connectors, quality components should be used throughout the system,
such as power dividers and cross-band couplers. The installation must always be of the
highest quality. A premium component will cause problems if not installed properly.
6. Direct IM products are more significant than indirect IM products. The impact of
indirect IM products will depend on signal level and how far apart is the IM product from
the receiver frequency.
Disclaimer:
Intermodulation distortion products (IM) are always present where two or more collocated
transmitters are operating simultaneously. Managing the power levels of the IM signals
developed through proper system design will determine whether they cause harmful interference
to communications.
The IM analysis is simply one of the tools used to guide proper design and must be used by a
trained technical person competent to understand its meaning and limitations. The appearance of
an IM product in the analysis does not mean such a product will cause harmful interference, or
indeed even be present. It simply indicates the mathematical possibility of a product being
produced.
Rev Post-Negot 02/03/2015
Motorola Confidential Proprietary Page 79
Design, technical and pricing information contained in this offering is considered proprietary and may not be shared with
any person or agency not directly associated with the addressee without the express written consent of Motorola Solutions, Inc., or its designees.

Motorola 800 MHz Rebanding Project
Maricopa County, AZ Reconfiguration Proposal / Attachment A
800 MHz Rebanding
HUMBOLDT Site,
MARICOPA COUNTY, AZ
Intermodulation Analysis
IM Run Date: 7.21.2014
Rev Post-Negot 02/03/2015
Motorola Confidential Proprietary Page 80
Design, technical and pricing information contained in this offering is considered proprietary and may not be shared with
any person or agency not directly associated with the addressee without the express written consent of Motorola Solutions, Inc., or its designees.

Motorola 800 MHz Rebanding Project
Maricopa County, AZ Reconfiguration Proposal / Attachment A
Intermodulation Summary:
Table 1 below lists the total quantity of 800 MHz frequencies for MARICOPA COUNTY,
AZ at HUMBOLDT as well as the quantity of MARICOPA COUNTY, AZ 800 MHz
frequencies changing during reconfiguration.
Total Quantity Changing
800 MHz 5 5
Table 1
Table 2 below is the summary of possible intermodulation hits for Humboldt.
Hits to Existing
Hits to new 800 MHz
Frequencies
3rd Order 0 0
5th Order 0 0
7th Order 0 0
Table 2
The detailed intermodulation analysis is included in the following sections.
Analysis Introduction:
Intermodulation (IM) products are generated whenever two or more transmit frequencies mix
together. If there is more than one transmit frequency at a site an IM analysis is necessary to
check for possible IM interference problems. There are three basic categories of Intermodulation
(IM) interference. They are receiver produced, transmitter produced, and “other” radiated IM.
Transmitter produced IM is the result of one or more transmitters impressing a signal in the non-
linear final output stage circuitry of another transmitter, usually via antenna coupling. The IM
product frequency is then re-radiated from the transmitter’s antenna. Receiver produced IM is
the result of two or more transmitter signals mixing in a receiver RF amplifier or mixer stage
when operating in a non-linear range. “Other” radiated IM is the result of transmitter signals
mixing in other non-linear junctions. These junctions are usually metallic, such as rusty bolts on
a tower, dissimilar metallic junctions, or other non-linear metallic junctions in the area. IM
products can also be caused by non-linearity in the transmission system such as antenna,
transmission line, or connectors.
This IM study has been performed to predict possible IM products that could be generated by
the potential new frequencies as they are used at the HUMBOLDT site after Rebanding.
HUMBOLDT site is one of the sites used in the MARICOPA COUNTY, AZ project. There
may be other frequencies used by Cellular providers at the HUMBOLDT site. Cellular
providers often license a range of frequencies to a site. These frequencies may or may not be in
use at any given time. Therefore, the intermodulation study as provided is based on frequencies
at the site which do not belong to a cellular service provider. All frequencies included in this
Rev Post-Negot 02/03/2015
Motorola Confidential Proprietary Page 81
Design, technical and pricing information contained in this offering is considered proprietary and may not be shared with
any person or agency not directly associated with the addressee without the express written consent of Motorola Solutions, Inc., or its designees.

Motorola 800 MHz Rebanding Project
Maricopa County, AZ Reconfiguration Proposal / Attachment A
intermodulation study are a result of information provided to Motorola during the data collection
exercise.
Analysis Factors:
Following are the frequencies used in generating the HUMBOLDT site IM report:
BOLD frequencies in table 4 are new rebanding frequencies at the site. Italicized frequencies
in table 4 are frequencies at the site that did not change due to rebanding.
Transmit
MARICOPA COUNTY Receive Frequency:
Frequency:
CHANNEL 1 853.8625 808.8625
CHANNEL 2 851.7875 806.7875
CHANNEL 3 851.6375 806.6375
CHANNEL 4 851.3500 806.3500
CHANNEL 5 851.2000 806.2000
Table 4
The analysis calculates possible IM product frequencies through the seventh (7th) order that
could potentially interfere with receivers at the communications site based on each receiver’s
individual bandwidth. The results can be used to develop an IM mitigation strategy. The
parameters that affect the IM product calculations are: Order of IM products, the number of
transmitters, the number of harmonics, and the half window (bandwidth) of the receiver.
Following are the parameters used for the Humboldt site IM analysis:
Minimum Number Transmitters = 2
Maximum Number Transmitters = 7
Minimum Order = 2
Maximum Order = 7
Minimum Harmonic = 1
Maximum Harmonic = 7
Half Window = 12.5 kHz
The product order is equal to the harmonic multiples of the transmitter frequencies added
together. For this IM analysis, 3rd, 5th and 7th order IM study reports were created. There is a
possibility of higher order IM product interference. As the product order increases, the
magnitude of the interfering signal decreases. Once the magnitude of the signal drops below the
sensitivity of the target receiver, it is considered a minimal threat. For this reason 7th order is the
maximum product order considered in this analysis. To generate 7th order IM products, the
maximum of 7 transmitters are required to broadcast simultaneously, or a combination sum of
the harmonic factors of the transmitters is equal to 7(e.g. 3A+4B or 3A-4B).
A harmonic represents the multiple of the original transmitter’s carrier frequency. The greater
the harmonic multiple of a transmitter signal, the lower the power will be relative to the
transmitter signal and therefore, the smaller the level of the interfering signal. For the 7th order
Rev Post-Negot 02/03/2015
Motorola Confidential Proprietary Page 82
Design, technical and pricing information contained in this offering is considered proprietary and may not be shared with
any person or agency not directly associated with the addressee without the express written consent of Motorola Solutions, Inc., or its designees.

Motorola 800 MHz Rebanding Project
Maricopa County, AZ Reconfiguration Proposal / Attachment A
IM products, the maximum harmonic required is 6 for minimum two transmit frequency
assuming that one transmitter alone will not create IM interference.
Half window of the receiver is the most critical parameter which takes into consideration the
receiver bandwidth. During calculation, Hydra checks IM products within (+/- (Half window)
KHz) of all Rx frequencies. For this analysis 12.5 KHz was used as receiver half bandwidth.
Analysis Results:
Hydra was used to generate a 3rd, 5th, and 7th order IM report.
Table 5 below lists possible intermodulation direct hits by order as seen in the report.
800 MHz VHF UHF Other Other
3rd Order
5th Order
7th Order
Table 5
Table 6 below lists the indirect intermodulation hits as seen in the report.
800 MHz VHF UHF Other Other
3rd Order
5th Order
7th Order
Table 6
VHF, Low-band, and UHF channels are usually spaced very close to one another which can
result in intermodulation hits. It should be noted that simplex channels may cause IM products,
but the receiver and transmitter in these stations are never engaged simultaneously and should be
disregarded when the transmitter of the simplex frequency registers IM products upon its own
receiver as is the case in this scenario. Any even order IM products are prevented by the
equipment design of the system.
The presence of calculated IM products does not necessarily indicate an IM hit will occur on
the site. To evaluate the impact of direct and indirect IM products, further investigation is
needed which could include identification of mixing point, determining probability of
transmission on each frequency, power level at mixing point, site configuration, and etc.
Generally 5th order IM products have a lower impact than 3rd order, but can cause significant IM
problems if the power level at the mixing point is high, further investigation would be needed.
The severity of the 7th order IM products is relatively low and can be ignored if the power level
is low.
These results were generated assuming the presence of only the frequencies mentioned in
Analysis Factor section. If there is a change in the frequencies used at the site, another IM
analysis should be done to re-evaluate the impact of intermodulation.
Rev Post-Negot 02/03/2015
Motorola Confidential Proprietary Page 83
Design, technical and pricing information contained in this offering is considered proprietary and may not be shared with
any person or agency not directly associated with the addressee without the express written consent of Motorola Solutions, Inc., or its designees.

Motorola 800 MHz Rebanding Project
Maricopa County, AZ Reconfiguration Proposal / Attachment A
Recommendations:
1. Avoid using frequencies that have direct 3rd order IM products or create direct 3rd order
IM products.
2. Not all of the mixing possibilities are significant in creating interference signals. Higher
order IM products are usually weaker in signal strength. Also, the interference depends
on the power level of the mixing signal. Impact of higher order IM products can be
mitigated by controlling the power level of the mixing signal.
3. Provide separate transmit and receive cables. This would move the mixing point far from
both the transmitters and receivers resulting in less probability of an IM problem.
4. Replace all connectors in the system with premium grade connectors where VHF, lower
UHF, and 800MHz frequencies are present.
5. In addition to the connectors, quality components should be used throughout the system,
such as power dividers and cross-band couplers. The installation must always be of the
highest quality. A premium component will cause problems if not installed properly.
6. Direct IM products are more significant than indirect IM products. The impact of
indirect IM products will depend on signal level and how far apart is the IM product from
the receiver frequency.
Disclaimer:
Intermodulation distortion products (IM) are always present where two or more collocated
transmitters are operating simultaneously. Managing the power levels of the IM signals
developed through proper system design will determine whether they cause harmful interference
to communications.
The IM analysis is simply one of the tools used to guide proper design and must be used by a
trained technical person competent to understand its meaning and limitations. The appearance of
an IM product in the analysis does not mean such a product will cause harmful interference, or
indeed even be present. It simply indicates the mathematical possibility of a product being
produced.
Rev Post-Negot 02/03/2015
Motorola Confidential Proprietary Page 84
Design, technical and pricing information contained in this offering is considered proprietary and may not be shared with
any person or agency not directly associated with the addressee without the express written consent of Motorola Solutions, Inc., or its designees.

Motorola 800 MHz Rebanding Project
Maricopa County, AZ Reconfiguration Proposal / Attachment A
800 MHz Rebanding
OATMAN Site,
MARICOPA COUNTY, AZ
Intermodulation Analysis
IM Run Date: 7.21.2014
Rev Post-Negot 02/03/2015
Motorola Confidential Proprietary Page 85
Design, technical and pricing information contained in this offering is considered proprietary and may not be shared with
any person or agency not directly associated with the addressee without the express written consent of Motorola Solutions, Inc., or its designees.

Motorola 800 MHz Rebanding Project
Maricopa County, AZ Reconfiguration Proposal / Attachment A
Intermodulation Summary:
Table 1 below lists the total quantity of 800 MHz frequencies for MARICOPA COUNTY,
AZ at OATMAN as well as the quantity of MARICOPA COUNTY, AZ 800 MHz frequencies
changing during reconfiguration.
Total Quantity Changing
800 MHz 4 4
Table 1
Table 2 below is the summary of possible intermodulation hits for Oatman.
Hits to Existing
Hits to new 800 MHz
Frequencies
3rd Order 0 0
5th Order 0 0
7th Order 0 0
Table 2
The detailed intermodulation analysis is included in the following sections.
Analysis Introduction:
Intermodulation (IM) products are generated whenever two or more transmit frequencies mix
together. If there is more than one transmit frequency at a site an IM analysis is necessary to
check for possible IM interference problems. There are three basic categories of Intermodulation
(IM) interference. They are receiver produced, transmitter produced, and “other” radiated IM.
Transmitter produced IM is the result of one or more transmitters impressing a signal in the non-
linear final output stage circuitry of another transmitter, usually via antenna coupling. The IM
product frequency is then re-radiated from the transmitter’s antenna. Receiver produced IM is
the result of two or more transmitter signals mixing in a receiver RF amplifier or mixer stage
when operating in a non-linear range. “Other” radiated IM is the result of transmitter signals
mixing in other non-linear junctions. These junctions are usually metallic, such as rusty bolts on
a tower, dissimilar metallic junctions, or other non-linear metallic junctions in the area. IM
products can also be caused by non-linearity in the transmission system such as antenna,
transmission line, or connectors.
This IM study has been performed to predict possible IM products that could be generated by
the potential new frequencies as they are used at the OATMAN site after Rebanding.
OATMAN site is one of the sites used in the MARICOPA COUNTY, AZ project. There may
be other frequencies used by Cellular providers at the OATMAN site. Cellular providers often
license a range of frequencies to a site. These frequencies may or may not be in use at any given
time. Therefore, the intermodulation study as provided is based on frequencies at the site which
do not belong to a cellular service provider. All frequencies included in this intermodulation
study are a result of information provided to Motorola during the data collection exercise.
Rev Post-Negot 02/03/2015
Motorola Confidential Proprietary Page 86
Design, technical and pricing information contained in this offering is considered proprietary and may not be shared with
any person or agency not directly associated with the addressee without the express written consent of Motorola Solutions, Inc., or its designees.

Motorola 800 MHz Rebanding Project
Maricopa County, AZ Reconfiguration Proposal / Attachment A
Analysis Factors:
Following are the frequencies used in generating the OATMAN site IM report:
BOLD frequencies in table 4 are new rebanding frequencies at the site. Italicized frequencies
in table 4 are frequencies at the site that did not change due to rebanding.
Transmit
MARICOPA COUNTY Receive Frequency:
Frequency:
CHANNEL 1 853.8750 808.8750
CHANNEL 2 851.8125 806.8125
CHANNEL 3 851.7375 806.7375
CHANNEL 4 851.2625 806.2625
Table 4
The analysis calculates possible IM product frequencies through the seventh (7th) order that
could potentially interfere with receivers at the communications site based on each receiver’s
individual bandwidth. The results can be used to develop an IM mitigation strategy. The
parameters that affect the IM product calculations are: Order of IM products, the number of
transmitters, the number of harmonics, and the half window (bandwidth) of the receiver.
Following are the parameters used for the Oatman site IM analysis:
Minimum Number Transmitters = 2
Maximum Number Transmitters = 16
Minimum Order = 2
Maximum Order = 5
Minimum Harmonic = 1
Maximum Harmonic = 5
Half Window = 12.5 kHz
The product order is equal to the harmonic multiples of the transmitter frequencies added
together. For this IM analysis, 3rd, 5th and 7th order IM study reports were created. There is a
possibility of higher order IM product interference. As the product order increases, the
magnitude of the interfering signal decreases. Once the magnitude of the signal drops below the
sensitivity of the target receiver, it is considered a minimal threat. For this reason 7th order is the
maximum product order considered in this analysis. To generate 7th order IM products, the
maximum of 7 transmitters are required to broadcast simultaneously, or a combination sum of
the harmonic factors of the transmitters is equal to 7(e.g. 3A+4B or 3A-4B).
A harmonic represents the multiple of the original transmitter’s carrier frequency. The greater
the harmonic multiple of a transmitter signal, the lower the power will be relative to the
transmitter signal and therefore, the smaller the level of the interfering signal. For the 7th order
IM products, the maximum harmonic required is 6 for minimum two transmit frequency
assuming that one transmitter alone will not create IM interference.
Half window of the receiver is the most critical parameter which takes into consideration the
receiver bandwidth. During calculation, Hydra checks IM products within (+/- (Half window)
KHz) of all Rx frequencies. For this analysis 12.5 KHz was used as receiver half bandwidth.
Rev Post-Negot 02/03/2015
Motorola Confidential Proprietary Page 87
Design, technical and pricing information contained in this offering is considered proprietary and may not be shared with
any person or agency not directly associated with the addressee without the express written consent of Motorola Solutions, Inc., or its designees.

Motorola 800 MHz Rebanding Project
Maricopa County, AZ Reconfiguration Proposal / Attachment A
Analysis Results:
Hydra was used to generate a 3rd, 5th, and 7th order IM report.
Table 5 below lists possible intermodulation direct hits by order as seen in the report.
800 MHz VHF UHF Other Other
3rd Order 0
5th Order 0
7th Order 0
Table 5
Table 6 below lists the indirect intermodulation hits as seen in the report.
800 MHz VHF UHF Other Other
3rd Order 0
5th Order 0
7th Order 0
Table 6
VHF, Low-band, and UHF channels are usually spaced very close to one another which can
result in intermodulation hits. It should be noted that simplex channels may cause IM products,
but the receiver and transmitter in these stations are never engaged simultaneously and should be
disregarded when the transmitter of the simplex frequency registers IM products upon its own
receiver as is the case in this scenario. Any even order IM products are prevented by the
equipment design of the system.
The presence of calculated IM products does not necessarily indicate an IM hit will occur on
the site. To evaluate the impact of direct and indirect IM products, further investigation is
needed which could include identification of mixing point, determining probability of
transmission on each frequency, power level at mixing point, site configuration, and etc.
Generally 5th order IM products have a lower impact than 3rd order, but can cause significant IM
problems if the power level at the mixing point is high, further investigation would be needed.
The severity of the 7th order IM products is relatively low and can be ignored if the power level
is low.
These results were generated assuming the presence of only the frequencies mentioned in
Analysis Factor section. If there is a change in the frequencies used at the site, another IM
analysis should be done to re-evaluate the impact of intermodulation.
Recommendations:
1. Avoid using frequencies that have direct 3rd order IM products or create direct 3rd order
IM products.
2. Not all of the mixing possibilities are significant in creating interference signals. Higher
order IM products are usually weaker in signal strength. Also, the interference depends
Rev Post-Negot 02/03/2015
Motorola Confidential Proprietary Page 88
Design, technical and pricing information contained in this offering is considered proprietary and may not be shared with
any person or agency not directly associated with the addressee without the express written consent of Motorola Solutions, Inc., or its designees.

Motorola 800 MHz Rebanding Project
Maricopa County, AZ Reconfiguration Proposal / Attachment A
on the power level of the mixing signal. Impact of higher order IM products can be
mitigated by controlling the power level of the mixing signal.
3. Provide separate transmit and receive cables. This would move the mixing point far from
both the transmitters and receivers resulting in less probability of an IM problem.
4. Replace all connectors in the system with premium grade connectors where VHF, lower
UHF, and 800MHz frequencies are present.
5. In addition to the connectors, quality components should be used throughout the system,
such as power dividers and cross-band couplers. The installation must always be of the
highest quality. A premium component will cause problems if not installed properly.
6. Direct IM products are more significant than indirect IM products. The impact of
indirect IM products will depend on signal level and how far apart is the IM product from
the receiver frequency.
Disclaimer:
Intermodulation distortion products (IM) are always present where two or more collocated
transmitters are operating simultaneously. Managing the power levels of the IM signals
developed through proper system design will determine whether they cause harmful interference
to communications.
The IM analysis is simply one of the tools used to guide proper design and must be used by a
trained technical person competent to understand its meaning and limitations. The appearance of
an IM product in the analysis does not mean such a product will cause harmful interference, or
indeed even be present. It simply indicates the mathematical possibility of a product being
produced.
Rev Post-Negot 02/03/2015
Motorola Confidential Proprietary Page 89
Design, technical and pricing information contained in this offering is considered proprietary and may not be shared with
any person or agency not directly associated with the addressee without the express written consent of Motorola Solutions, Inc., or its designees.

Motorola 800 MHz Rebanding Project
Maricopa County, AZ Reconfiguration Proposal / Attachment A
800 MHz Rebanding
ORD Site,
MARICOPA COUNTY, AZ
Intermodulation Analysis
IM Run Date: 7.21.2014
Rev Post-Negot 02/03/2015
Motorola Confidential Proprietary Page 90
Design, technical and pricing information contained in this offering is considered proprietary and may not be shared with
any person or agency not directly associated with the addressee without the express written consent of Motorola Solutions, Inc., or its designees.

Motorola 800 MHz Rebanding Project
Maricopa County, AZ Reconfiguration Proposal / Attachment A
Intermodulation Summary:
Table 1 below lists the total quantity of 800 MHz frequencies for MARICOPA COUNTY,
AZ at ORD as well as the quantity of MARICOPA COUNTY, AZ 800 MHz frequencies
changing during reconfiguration.
Total Quantity Changing
800 MHz 5 5
Table 1
Table 2 below is the summary of possible intermodulation hits for ORD.
Hits to Existing
Hits to new 800 MHz
Frequencies
3rd Order 0
5th Order 0
7th Order 0
Table 2
The detailed intermodulation analysis is included in the following sections.
Analysis Introduction:
Intermodulation (IM) products are generated whenever two or more transmit frequencies mix
together. If there is more than one transmit frequency at a site an IM analysis is necessary to
check for possible IM interference problems. There are three basic categories of Intermodulation
(IM) interference. They are receiver produced, transmitter produced, and “other” radiated IM.
Transmitter produced IM is the result of one or more transmitters impressing a signal in the non-
linear final output stage circuitry of another transmitter, usually via antenna coupling. The IM
product frequency is then re-radiated from the transmitter’s antenna. Receiver produced IM is
the result of two or more transmitter signals mixing in a receiver RF amplifier or mixer stage
when operating in a non-linear range. “Other” radiated IM is the result of transmitter signals
mixing in other non-linear junctions. These junctions are usually metallic, such as rusty bolts on
a tower, dissimilar metallic junctions, or other non-linear metallic junctions in the area. IM
products can also be caused by non-linearity in the transmission system such as antenna,
transmission line, or connectors.
This IM study has been performed to predict possible IM products that could be generated by
the potential new frequencies as they are used at the ORD site after Rebanding. ORD site is one
of the sites used in the MARICOPA COUNTY, AZ project. There may be other frequencies
used by Cellular providers at the ORD site. Cellular providers often license a range of
frequencies to a site. These frequencies may or may not be in use at any given time. Therefore,
the intermodulation study as provided is based on frequencies at the site which do not belong to
a cellular service provider. All frequencies included in this intermodulation study are a result of
information provided to Motorola during the data collection exercise.
Rev Post-Negot 02/03/2015
Motorola Confidential Proprietary Page 91
Design, technical and pricing information contained in this offering is considered proprietary and may not be shared with
any person or agency not directly associated with the addressee without the express written consent of Motorola Solutions, Inc., or its designees.

Motorola 800 MHz Rebanding Project
Maricopa County, AZ Reconfiguration Proposal / Attachment A
Analysis Factors:
Following are the frequencies used in generating the ORD site IM report:
BOLD frequencies in table 4 are new rebanding frequencies at the site. Italicized frequencies
in table 4 are frequencies at the site that did not change due to rebanding.
Transmit
MARICOPA COUNTY Receive Frequency:
Frequency:
CHANNEL 1 853.9000 808.9000
CHANNEL 2 853.8375 808.8375
CHANNEL 3 851.2250 806.2250
CHANNEL 4 851.8250 806.8250
CHANNEL 5 851.7000 806.7000
Table 4
The analysis calculates possible IM product frequencies through the seventh (7th) order that
could potentially interfere with receivers at the communications site based on each receiver’s
individual bandwidth. The results can be used to develop an IM mitigation strategy. The
parameters that affect the IM product calculations are: Order of IM products, the number of
transmitters, the number of harmonics, and the half window (bandwidth) of the receiver.
Following are the parameters used for the ORD site IM analysis:
Minimum Number Transmitters = 2
Maximum Number Transmitters = 6
Minimum Order = 2
Maximum Order = 5
Minimum Harmonic = 1
Maximum Harmonic = 5
Half Window = 12.5 kHz
The product order is equal to the harmonic multiples of the transmitter frequencies added
together. For this IM analysis, 3rd, 5th and 7th order IM study reports were created. There is a
possibility of higher order IM product interference. As the product order increases, the
magnitude of the interfering signal decreases. Once the magnitude of the signal drops below the
sensitivity of the target receiver, it is considered a minimal threat. For this reason 7th order is the
maximum product order considered in this analysis. To generate 7th order IM products, the
maximum of 7 transmitters are required to broadcast simultaneously, or a combination sum of
the harmonic factors of the transmitters is equal to 7(e.g. 3A+4B or 3A-4B).
A harmonic represents the multiple of the original transmitter’s carrier frequency. The greater
the harmonic multiple of a transmitter signal, the lower the power will be relative to the
transmitter signal and therefore, the smaller the level of the interfering signal. For the 7th order
IM products, the maximum harmonic required is 6 for minimum two transmit frequency
assuming that one transmitter alone will not create IM interference.
Rev Post-Negot 02/03/2015
Motorola Confidential Proprietary Page 92
Design, technical and pricing information contained in this offering is considered proprietary and may not be shared with
any person or agency not directly associated with the addressee without the express written consent of Motorola Solutions, Inc., or its designees.

Motorola 800 MHz Rebanding Project
Maricopa County, AZ Reconfiguration Proposal / Attachment A
Half window of the receiver is the most critical parameter which takes into consideration the
receiver bandwidth. During calculation, Hydra checks IM products within (+/- (Half window)
KHz) of all Rx frequencies. For this analysis 12.5 KHz was used as receiver half bandwidth.
Analysis Results:
Hydra was used to generate a 3rd, 5th, and 7th order IM report.
Table 5 below lists possible intermodulation direct hits by order as seen in the report.
800 MHz VHF UHF Other Other
3rd Order 0
5th Order 0
7th Order 0
Table 5
Table 6 below lists the indirect intermodulation hits as seen in the report.
800 MHz VHF UHF Other Other
3rd Order 0
5th Order 0
7th Order 0
Table 6
VHF, Low-band, and UHF channels are usually spaced very close to one another which can
result in intermodulation hits. It should be noted that simplex channels may cause IM products,
but the receiver and transmitter in these stations are never engaged simultaneously and should be
disregarded when the transmitter of the simplex frequency registers IM products upon its own
receiver as is the case in this scenario. Any even order IM products are prevented by the
equipment design of the system.
The presence of calculated IM products does not necessarily indicate an IM hit will occur on
the site. To evaluate the impact of direct and indirect IM products, further investigation is
needed which could include identification of mixing point, determining probability of
transmission on each frequency, power level at mixing point, site configuration, and etc.
Generally 5th order IM products have a lower impact than 3rd order, but can cause significant IM
problems if the power level at the mixing point is high, further investigation would be needed.
The severity of the 7th order IM products is relatively low and can be ignored if the power level
is low.
These results were generated assuming the presence of only the frequencies mentioned in
Analysis Factor section. If there is a change in the frequencies used at the site, another IM
analysis should be done to re-evaluate the impact of intermodulation.
Rev Post-Negot 02/03/2015
Motorola Confidential Proprietary Page 93
Design, technical and pricing information contained in this offering is considered proprietary and may not be shared with
any person or agency not directly associated with the addressee without the express written consent of Motorola Solutions, Inc., or its designees.

Motorola 800 MHz Rebanding Project
Maricopa County, AZ Reconfiguration Proposal / Attachment A
Recommendations:
1. Avoid using frequencies that have direct 3rd order IM products or create direct 3rd order
IM products.
2. Not all of the mixing possibilities are significant in creating interference signals. Higher
order IM products are usually weaker in signal strength. Also, the interference depends
on the power level of the mixing signal. Impact of higher order IM products can be
mitigated by controlling the power level of the mixing signal.
3. Provide separate transmit and receive cables. This would move the mixing point far from
both the transmitters and receivers resulting in less probability of an IM problem.
4. Replace all connectors in the system with premium grade connectors where VHF, lower
UHF, and 800MHz frequencies are present.
5. In addition to the connectors, quality components should be used throughout the system,
such as power dividers and cross-band couplers. The installation must always be of the
highest quality. A premium component will cause problems if not installed properly.
6. Direct IM products are more significant than indirect IM products. The impact of
indirect IM products will depend on signal level and how far apart is the IM product from
the receiver frequency.
Disclaimer:
Intermodulation distortion products (IM) are always present where two or more collocated
transmitters are operating simultaneously. Managing the power levels of the IM signals
developed through proper system design will determine whether they cause harmful interference
to communications.
The IM analysis is simply one of the tools used to guide proper design and must be used by a
trained technical person competent to understand its meaning and limitations. The appearance of
an IM product in the analysis does not mean such a product will cause harmful interference, or
indeed even be present. It simply indicates the mathematical possibility of a product being
produced.
Rev Post-Negot 02/03/2015
Motorola Confidential Proprietary Page 94
Design, technical and pricing information contained in this offering is considered proprietary and may not be shared with
any person or agency not directly associated with the addressee without the express written consent of Motorola Solutions, Inc., or its designees.

Motorola 800 MHz Rebanding Project
Maricopa County, AZ Reconfiguration Proposal / Attachment A
800 MHz Rebanding
SCOTTSDALE Site,
MARICOPA COUNTY, AZ
Intermodulation Analysis
IM Run Date: 7.21.2014
Rev Post-Negot 02/03/2015
Motorola Confidential Proprietary Page 95
Design, technical and pricing information contained in this offering is considered proprietary and may not be shared with
any person or agency not directly associated with the addressee without the express written consent of Motorola Solutions, Inc., or its designees.

Motorola 800 MHz Rebanding Project
Maricopa County, AZ Reconfiguration Proposal / Attachment A
Intermodulation Summary:
Table 1 below lists the total quantity of 800 MHz frequencies for MARICOPA COUNTY,
AZ at SCOTTSDALE as well as the quantity of MARICOPA COUNTY, AZ 800 MHz
frequencies changing during reconfiguration.
Total Quantity Changing
800 MHz 4 4
Table 1
Table 2 below is the summary of possible intermodulation hits for Scottsdale.
Hits to Existing
Hits to new 800 MHz
Frequencies
3rd Order 0 0
5th Order 0 0
7th Order 0 0
Table 2
The detailed intermodulation analysis is included in the following sections.
Analysis Introduction:
Intermodulation (IM) products are generated whenever two or more transmit frequencies mix
together. If there is more than one transmit frequency at a site an IM analysis is necessary to
check for possible IM interference problems. There are three basic categories of Intermodulation
(IM) interference. They are receiver produced, transmitter produced, and “other” radiated IM.
Transmitter produced IM is the result of one or more transmitters impressing a signal in the non-
linear final output stage circuitry of another transmitter, usually via antenna coupling. The IM
product frequency is then re-radiated from the transmitter’s antenna. Receiver produced IM is
the result of two or more transmitter signals mixing in a receiver RF amplifier or mixer stage
when operating in a non-linear range. “Other” radiated IM is the result of transmitter signals
mixing in other non-linear junctions. These junctions are usually metallic, such as rusty bolts on
a tower, dissimilar metallic junctions, or other non-linear metallic junctions in the area. IM
products can also be caused by non-linearity in the transmission system such as antenna,
transmission line, or connectors.
This IM study has been performed to predict possible IM products that could be generated by
the potential new frequencies as they are used at the SCOTTSDALE site after Rebanding.
SCOTTSDALE site is one of the sites used in the MARICOPA COUNTY, AZ project. There
may be other frequencies used by Cellular providers at the SCOTTSDALE site. Cellular
providers often license a range of frequencies to a site. These frequencies may or may not be in
use at any given time. Therefore, the intermodulation study as provided is based on frequencies
at the site which do not belong to a cellular service provider. All frequencies included in this
Rev Post-Negot 02/03/2015
Motorola Confidential Proprietary Page 96
Design, technical and pricing information contained in this offering is considered proprietary and may not be shared with
any person or agency not directly associated with the addressee without the express written consent of Motorola Solutions, Inc., or its designees.

Motorola 800 MHz Rebanding Project
Maricopa County, AZ Reconfiguration Proposal / Attachment A
intermodulation study are a result of information provided to Motorola during the data collection
exercise.
Analysis Factors:
Following are the frequencies used in generating the SCOTTSDALE site IM report:
BOLD frequencies in table 4 are new rebanding frequencies at the site. Italicized frequencies
in table 4 are frequencies at the site that did not change due to rebanding.
Transmit
MARICOPA COUNTY Receive Frequency:
Frequency:
CHANNEL 1 853.7625 808.7625
CHANNEL 2 851.8500 806.8500
CHANNEL 3 851.6250 806.6250
CHANNEL 4 851.3125 806.3125
Table 4
The analysis calculates possible IM product frequencies through the seventh (7th) order that
could potentially interfere with receivers at the communications site based on each receiver’s
individual bandwidth. The results can be used to develop an IM mitigation strategy. The
parameters that affect the IM product calculations are: Order of IM products, the number of
transmitters, the number of harmonics, and the half window (bandwidth) of the receiver.
Following are the parameters used for the SCOTTSDALE site IM analysis:
Minimum Number Transmitters = 2
Maximum Number Transmitters = 5
Minimum Order = 2
Maximum Order = 5
Minimum Harmonic = 1
Maximum Harmonic = 5
Half Window = 12.5 kHz
The product order is equal to the harmonic multiples of the transmitter frequencies added
together. For this IM analysis, 3rd, 5th and 7th order IM study reports were created. There is a
possibility of higher order IM product interference. As the product order increases, the
magnitude of the interfering signal decreases. Once the magnitude of the signal drops below the
sensitivity of the target receiver, it is considered a minimal threat. For this reason 7th order is the
maximum product order considered in this analysis. To generate 7th order IM products, the
maximum of 7 transmitters are required to broadcast simultaneously, or a combination sum of
the harmonic factors of the transmitters is equal to 7(e.g. 3A+4B or 3A-4B).
A harmonic represents the multiple of the original transmitter’s carrier frequency. The greater
the harmonic multiple of a transmitter signal, the lower the power will be relative to the
transmitter signal and therefore, the smaller the level of the interfering signal. For the 7th order
IM products, the maximum harmonic required is 6 for minimum two transmit frequency
assuming that one transmitter alone will not create IM interference.
Rev Post-Negot 02/03/2015
Motorola Confidential Proprietary Page 97
Design, technical and pricing information contained in this offering is considered proprietary and may not be shared with
any person or agency not directly associated with the addressee without the express written consent of Motorola Solutions, Inc., or its designees.

Motorola 800 MHz Rebanding Project
Maricopa County, AZ Reconfiguration Proposal / Attachment A
Half window of the receiver is the most critical parameter which takes into consideration the
receiver bandwidth. During calculation, Hydra checks IM products within (+/- (Half window)
KHz) of all Rx frequencies. For this analysis 12.5 KHz was used as receiver half bandwidth.
Analysis Results:
Hydra was used to generate a 3rd, 5th, and 7th order IM report.
Table 5 below lists possible intermodulation direct hits by order as seen in the report.
800 MHz VHF UHF Other Other
3rd Order 0
5th Order 0
7th Order 0
Table 5
Table 6 below lists the indirect intermodulation hits as seen in the report.
800 MHz VHF UHF Other Other
3rd Order 0
5th Order 0
7th Order 0
Table 6
VHF, Low-band, and UHF channels are usually spaced very close to one another which can
result in intermodulation hits. It should be noted that simplex channels may cause IM products,
but the receiver and transmitter in these stations are never engaged simultaneously and should be
disregarded when the transmitter of the simplex frequency registers IM products upon its own
receiver as is the case in this scenario. Any even order IM products are prevented by the
equipment design of the system.
The presence of calculated IM products does not necessarily indicate an IM hit will occur on
the site. To evaluate the impact of direct and indirect IM products, further investigation is
needed which could include identification of mixing point, determining probability of
transmission on each frequency, power level at mixing point, site configuration, and etc.
Generally 5th order IM products have a lower impact than 3rd order, but can cause significant IM
problems if the power level at the mixing point is high, further investigation would be needed.
The severity of the 7th order IM products is relatively low and can be ignored if the power level
is low.
These results were generated assuming the presence of only the frequencies mentioned in
Analysis Factor section. If there is a change in the frequencies used at the site, another IM
analysis should be done to re-evaluate the impact of intermodulation.
Rev Post-Negot 02/03/2015
Motorola Confidential Proprietary Page 98
Design, technical and pricing information contained in this offering is considered proprietary and may not be shared with
any person or agency not directly associated with the addressee without the express written consent of Motorola Solutions, Inc., or its designees.

Motorola 800 MHz Rebanding Project
Maricopa County, AZ Reconfiguration Proposal / Attachment A
Recommendations:
1. Avoid using frequencies that have direct 3rd order IM products or create direct 3rd order
IM products.
2. Not all of the mixing possibilities are significant in creating interference signals. Higher
order IM products are usually weaker in signal strength. Also, the interference depends
on the power level of the mixing signal. Impact of higher order IM products can be
mitigated by controlling the power level of the mixing signal.
3. Provide separate transmit and receive cables. This would move the mixing point far from
both the transmitters and receivers resulting in less probability of an IM problem.
4. Replace all connectors in the system with premium grade connectors where VHF, lower
UHF, and 800MHz frequencies are present.
5. In addition to the connectors, quality components should be used throughout the system,
such as power dividers and cross-band couplers. The installation must always be of the
highest quality. A premium component will cause problems if not installed properly.
6. Direct IM products are more significant than indirect IM products. The impact of
indirect IM products will depend on signal level and how far apart is the IM product from
the receiver frequency.
Disclaimer:
Intermodulation distortion products (IM) are always present where two or more collocated
transmitters are operating simultaneously. Managing the power levels of the IM signals
developed through proper system design will determine whether they cause harmful interference
to communications.
The IM analysis is simply one of the tools used to guide proper design and must be used by a
trained technical person competent to understand its meaning and limitations. The appearance of
an IM product in the analysis does not mean such a product will cause harmful interference, or
indeed even be present. It simply indicates the mathematical possibility of a product being
produced.
Rev Post-Negot 02/03/2015
Motorola Confidential Proprietary Page 99
Design, technical and pricing information contained in this offering is considered proprietary and may not be shared with
any person or agency not directly associated with the addressee without the express written consent of Motorola Solutions, Inc., or its designees.

Motorola 800 MHz Rebanding Project
Maricopa County, AZ Reconfiguration Proposal / Attachment A
800 MHz Rebanding
SEC – SOUTH EAST CENTER Site,
MARICOPA COUNTY, AZ
Intermodulation Analysis
IM Run Date: 7.21.2014
Rev Post-Negot 02/03/2015
Motorola Confidential Proprietary Page 100
Design, technical and pricing information contained in this offering is considered proprietary and may not be shared with
any person or agency not directly associated with the addressee without the express written consent of Motorola Solutions, Inc., or its designees.

Motorola 800 MHz Rebanding Project
Maricopa County, AZ Reconfiguration Proposal / Attachment A
Intermodulation Summary:
Table 1 below lists the total quantity of 800 MHz frequencies for MARICOPA COUNTY,
AZ at SEC as well as the quantity of MARICOPA COUNTY, AZ 800 MHz frequencies
changing during reconfiguration.
Total Quantity Changing
800 MHz 6 6
Table 1
Table 2 below is the summary of possible intermodulation hits for SEC.
Hits to Existing
Hits to new 800 MHz
Frequencies
3rd Order 0 0
5th Order 0 0
7th Order 0 0
Table 2
The detailed intermodulation analysis is included in the following sections.
Analysis Introduction:
Intermodulation (IM) products are generated whenever two or more transmit frequencies mix
together. If there is more than one transmit frequency at a site an IM analysis is necessary to
check for possible IM interference problems. There are three basic categories of Intermodulation
(IM) interference. They are receiver produced, transmitter produced, and “other” radiated IM.
Transmitter produced IM is the result of one or more transmitters impressing a signal in the non-
linear final output stage circuitry of another transmitter, usually via antenna coupling. The IM
product frequency is then re-radiated from the transmitter’s antenna. Receiver produced IM is
the result of two or more transmitter signals mixing in a receiver RF amplifier or mixer stage
when operating in a non-linear range. “Other” radiated IM is the result of transmitter signals
mixing in other non-linear junctions. These junctions are usually metallic, such as rusty bolts on
a tower, dissimilar metallic junctions, or other non-linear metallic junctions in the area. IM
products can also be caused by non-linearity in the transmission system such as antenna,
transmission line, or connectors.
This IM study has been performed to predict possible IM products that could be generated by
the potential new frequencies as they are used at the SEC site after Rebanding. SEC site is one
of the sites used in the MARICOPA COUNTY, AZ project. There may be other frequencies
used by Cellular providers at the SEC site. Cellular providers often license a range of
frequencies to a site. These frequencies may or may not be in use at any given time. Therefore,
the intermodulation study as provided is based on frequencies at the site which do not belong to
a cellular service provider. All frequencies included in this intermodulation study are a result of
information provided to Motorola during the data collection exercise.
Rev Post-Negot 02/03/2015
Motorola Confidential Proprietary Page 101
Design, technical and pricing information contained in this offering is considered proprietary and may not be shared with
any person or agency not directly associated with the addressee without the express written consent of Motorola Solutions, Inc., or its designees.

Motorola 800 MHz Rebanding Project
Maricopa County, AZ Reconfiguration Proposal / Attachment A
Analysis Factors:
Following are the frequencies used in generating the SEC – SOUTH EAST CENTER site IM
report:
BOLD frequencies in table 4 are new rebanding frequencies at the site. Italicized frequencies
in table 4 are frequencies at the site that did not change due to rebanding.
Transmit
MARICOPA COUNTY Receive Frequency:
Frequency:
CHANNEL 1 853.9500 808.9500
CHANNEL 2 853.9250 808.9250
CHANNEL 3 853.8000 808.8000
CHANNEL 4 851.7500 806.7500
CHANNEL 5 851.7250 806.7250
CHANNEL 6 851.1625 806.1625
Table 4
The analysis calculates possible IM product frequencies through the seventh (7th) order that
could potentially interfere with receivers at the communications site based on each receiver’s
individual bandwidth. The results can be used to develop an IM mitigation strategy. The
parameters that affect the IM product calculations are: Order of IM products, the number of
transmitters, the number of harmonics, and the half window (bandwidth) of the receiver.
Following are the parameters used for the SEC – SOUTH EAST CENTER site IM analysis:
Minimum Number Transmitters = 2
Maximum Number Transmitters = 6
Minimum Order = 2
Maximum Order = 5
Minimum Harmonic = 1
Maximum Harmonic = 5
Half Window = 12.5 kHz
The product order is equal to the harmonic multiples of the transmitter frequencies added
together. For this IM analysis, 3rd, 5th and 7th order IM study reports were created. There is a
possibility of higher order IM product interference. As the product order increases, the
magnitude of the interfering signal decreases. Once the magnitude of the signal drops below the
sensitivity of the target receiver, it is considered a minimal threat. For this reason 7th order is the
maximum product order considered in this analysis. To generate 7th order IM products, the
maximum of 7 transmitters are required to broadcast simultaneously, or a combination sum of
the harmonic factors of the transmitters is equal to 7(e.g. 3A+4B or 3A-4B).
A harmonic represents the multiple of the original transmitter’s carrier frequency. The greater
the harmonic multiple of a transmitter signal, the lower the power will be relative to the
transmitter signal and therefore, the smaller the level of the interfering signal. For the 7th order
IM products, the maximum harmonic required is 6 for minimum two transmit frequency
assuming that one transmitter alone will not create IM interference.
Rev Post-Negot 02/03/2015
Motorola Confidential Proprietary Page 102
Design, technical and pricing information contained in this offering is considered proprietary and may not be shared with
any person or agency not directly associated with the addressee without the express written consent of Motorola Solutions, Inc., or its designees.

Motorola 800 MHz Rebanding Project
Maricopa County, AZ Reconfiguration Proposal / Attachment A
Half window of the receiver is the most critical parameter which takes into consideration the
receiver bandwidth. During calculation, Hydra checks IM products within (+/- (Half window)
KHz) of all Rx frequencies. For this analysis 12.5 KHz was used as receiver half bandwidth.
Analysis Results:
Hydra was used to generate a 3rd, 5th, and 7th order IM report.
Table 5 below lists possible intermodulation direct hits by order as seen in the report.
800 MHz VHF UHF Other Other
3rd Order 0
5th Order 0
7th Order 0
Table 5
Table 6 below lists the indirect intermodulation hits as seen in the report.
800 MHz VHF UHF Other Other
3rd Order 0
5th Order 0
7th Order 0
Table 6
VHF, Low-band, and UHF channels are usually spaced very close to one another which can
result in intermodulation hits. It should be noted that simplex channels may cause IM products,
but the receiver and transmitter in these stations are never engaged simultaneously and should be
disregarded when the transmitter of the simplex frequency registers IM products upon its own
receiver as is the case in this scenario. Any even order IM products are prevented by the
equipment design of the system.
The presence of calculated IM products does not necessarily indicate an IM hit will occur on
the site. To evaluate the impact of direct and indirect IM products, further investigation is
needed which could include identification of mixing point, determining probability of
transmission on each frequency, power level at mixing point, site configuration, and etc.
Generally 5th order IM products have a lower impact than 3rd order, but can cause significant IM
problems if the power level at the mixing point is high, further investigation would be needed.
The severity of the 7th order IM products is relatively low and can be ignored if the power level
is low.
These results were generated assuming the presence of only the frequencies mentioned in
Analysis Factor section. If there is a change in the frequencies used at the site, another IM
analysis should be done to re-evaluate the impact of intermodulation.
Rev Post-Negot 02/03/2015
Motorola Confidential Proprietary Page 103
Design, technical and pricing information contained in this offering is considered proprietary and may not be shared with
any person or agency not directly associated with the addressee without the express written consent of Motorola Solutions, Inc., or its designees.

Motorola 800 MHz Rebanding Project
Maricopa County, AZ Reconfiguration Proposal / Attachment A
Recommendations:
1. Avoid using frequencies that have direct 3rd order IM products or create direct 3rd order
IM products.
2. Not all of the mixing possibilities are significant in creating interference signals. Higher
order IM products are usually weaker in signal strength. Also, the interference depends
on the power level of the mixing signal. Impact of higher order IM products can be
mitigated by controlling the power level of the mixing signal.
3. Provide separate transmit and receive cables. This would move the mixing point far from
both the transmitters and receivers resulting in less probability of an IM problem.
4. Replace all connectors in the system with premium grade connectors where VHF, lower
UHF, and 800MHz frequencies are present.
5. In addition to the connectors, quality components should be used throughout the system,
such as power dividers and cross-band couplers. The installation must always be of the
highest quality. A premium component will cause problems if not installed properly.
6. Direct IM products are more significant than indirect IM products. The impact of
indirect IM products will depend on signal level and how far apart is the IM product from
the receiver frequency.
Disclaimer:
Intermodulation distortion products (IM) are always present where two or more collocated
transmitters are operating simultaneously. Managing the power levels of the IM signals
developed through proper system design will determine whether they cause harmful interference
to communications.
The IM analysis is simply one of the tools used to guide proper design and must be used by a
trained technical person competent to understand its meaning and limitations. The appearance of
an IM product in the analysis does not mean such a product will cause harmful interference, or
indeed even be present. It simply indicates the mathematical possibility of a product being
produced.
Rev Post-Negot 02/03/2015
Motorola Confidential Proprietary Page 104
Design, technical and pricing information contained in this offering is considered proprietary and may not be shared with
any person or agency not directly associated with the addressee without the express written consent of Motorola Solutions, Inc., or its designees.

Motorola 800 MHz Rebanding Project
Maricopa County, AZ Reconfiguration Proposal / Attachment A
800 MHz Rebanding
SMITH Site,
MARICOPA COUNTY, AZ
Intermodulation Analysis
IM Run Date: 7.21.2014
Rev Post-Negot 02/03/2015
Motorola Confidential Proprietary Page 105
Design, technical and pricing information contained in this offering is considered proprietary and may not be shared with
any person or agency not directly associated with the addressee without the express written consent of Motorola Solutions, Inc., or its designees.

Motorola 800 MHz Rebanding Project
Maricopa County, AZ Reconfiguration Proposal / Attachment A
Intermodulation Summary:
Table 1 below lists the total quantity of 800 MHz frequencies for MARICOPA COUNTY,
AZ at SMITH as well as the quantity of MARICOPA COUNTY, AZ 800 MHz frequencies
changing during reconfiguration.
Total Quantity Changing
800 MHz 3 3
Table 1
Table 2 below is the summary of possible intermodulation hits for Smith.
Hits to Existing
Hits to new 800 MHz
Frequencies
3rd Order 0 0
5th Order 0 0
7th Order 0 0
Table 2
The detailed intermodulation analysis is included in the following sections.
Analysis Introduction:
Intermodulation (IM) products are generated whenever two or more transmit frequencies mix
together. If there is more than one transmit frequency at a site an IM analysis is necessary to
check for possible IM interference problems. There are three basic categories of Intermodulation
(IM) interference. They are receiver produced, transmitter produced, and “other” radiated IM.
Transmitter produced IM is the result of one or more transmitters impressing a signal in the non-
linear final output stage circuitry of another transmitter, usually via antenna coupling. The IM
product frequency is then re-radiated from the transmitter’s antenna. Receiver produced IM is
the result of two or more transmitter signals mixing in a receiver RF amplifier or mixer stage
when operating in a non-linear range. “Other” radiated IM is the result of transmitter signals
mixing in other non-linear junctions. These junctions are usually metallic, such as rusty bolts on
a tower, dissimilar metallic junctions, or other non-linear metallic junctions in the area. IM
products can also be caused by non-linearity in the transmission system such as antenna,
transmission line, or connectors.
This IM study has been performed to predict possible IM products that could be generated by
the potential new frequencies as they are used at the SMITH site after Rebanding. SMITH site
is one of the sites used in the MARICOPA COUNTY, AZ project. There may be other
frequencies used by Cellular providers at the SMITH site. Cellular providers often license a
range of frequencies to a site. These frequencies may or may not be in use at any given time.
Therefore, the intermodulation study as provided is based on frequencies at the site which do not
belong to a cellular service provider. All frequencies included in this intermodulation study are a
result of information provided to Motorola during the data collection exercise.
Rev Post-Negot 02/03/2015
Motorola Confidential Proprietary Page 106
Design, technical and pricing information contained in this offering is considered proprietary and may not be shared with
any person or agency not directly associated with the addressee without the express written consent of Motorola Solutions, Inc., or its designees.

Motorola 800 MHz Rebanding Project
Maricopa County, AZ Reconfiguration Proposal / Attachment A
Analysis Factors:
Following are the frequencies used in generating the SMITH site IM report:
BOLD frequencies in table 4 are new rebanding frequencies at the site. Italicized frequencies
in table 4 are frequencies at the site that did not change due to rebanding.
Transmit
MARICOPA COUNTY Receive Frequency:
Frequency:
CHANNEL 1 853.8750 808.8750
CHANNEL 2 851.8125 806.8125
CHANNEL 3 851.2625 806.2625
Table 4
The analysis calculates possible IM product frequencies through the seventh (7th) order that
could potentially interfere with receivers at the communications site based on each receiver’s
individual bandwidth. The results can be used to develop an IM mitigation strategy. The
parameters that affect the IM product calculations are: Order of IM products, the number of
transmitters, the number of harmonics, and the half window (bandwidth) of the receiver.
Following are the parameters used for the SMITH site IM analysis:
Minimum Number Transmitters = 2
Maximum Number Transmitters = 77
Minimum Order = 2
Maximum Order = 5
Minimum Harmonic = 1
Maximum Harmonic = 5
Half Window = 12.5 kHz
The product order is equal to the harmonic multiples of the transmitter frequencies added
together. For this IM analysis, 3rd, 5th and 7th order IM study reports were created. There is a
possibility of higher order IM product interference. As the product order increases, the
magnitude of the interfering signal decreases. Once the magnitude of the signal drops below the
sensitivity of the target receiver, it is considered a minimal threat. For this reason 7th order is the
maximum product order considered in this analysis. To generate 7th order IM products, the
maximum of 7 transmitters are required to broadcast simultaneously, or a combination sum of
the harmonic factors of the transmitters is equal to 7(e.g. 3A+4B or 3A-4B).
A harmonic represents the multiple of the original transmitter’s carrier frequency. The greater
the harmonic multiple of a transmitter signal, the lower the power will be relative to the
transmitter signal and therefore, the smaller the level of the interfering signal. For the 7th order
IM products, the maximum harmonic required is 6 for minimum two transmit frequency
assuming that one transmitter alone will not create IM interference.
Half window of the receiver is the most critical parameter which takes into consideration the
receiver bandwidth. During calculation, Hydra checks IM products within (+/- (Half window)
KHz) of all Rx frequencies. For this analysis 12.5 KHz was used as receiver half bandwidth.
Rev Post-Negot 02/03/2015
Motorola Confidential Proprietary Page 107
Design, technical and pricing information contained in this offering is considered proprietary and may not be shared with
any person or agency not directly associated with the addressee without the express written consent of Motorola Solutions, Inc., or its designees.

Motorola 800 MHz Rebanding Project
Maricopa County, AZ Reconfiguration Proposal / Attachment A
Analysis Results:
Hydra was used to generate a 3rd, 5th, and 7th order IM report.
Table 5 below lists possible intermodulation direct hits by order as seen in the report.
800 MHz VHF UHF Other Other
3rd Order 0
5th Order 0
7th Order 0
Table 5
Table 6 below lists the indirect intermodulation hits as seen in the report.
800 MHz VHF UHF Other Other
3rd Order 0
5th Order 0
7th Order 0
Table 6
VHF, Low-band, and UHF channels are usually spaced very close to one another which can
result in intermodulation hits. It should be noted that simplex channels may cause IM products,
but the receiver and transmitter in these stations are never engaged simultaneously and should be
disregarded when the transmitter of the simplex frequency registers IM products upon its own
receiver as is the case in this scenario. Any even order IM products are prevented by the
equipment design of the system.
The presence of calculated IM products does not necessarily indicate an IM hit will occur on
the site. To evaluate the impact of direct and indirect IM products, further investigation is
needed which could include identification of mixing point, determining probability of
transmission on each frequency, power level at mixing point, site configuration, and etc.
Generally 5th order IM products have a lower impact than 3rd order, but can cause significant IM
problems if the power level at the mixing point is high, further investigation would be needed.
The severity of the 7th order IM products is relatively low and can be ignored if the power level
is low.
These results were generated assuming the presence of only the frequencies mentioned in
Analysis Factor section. If there is a change in the frequencies used at the site, another IM
analysis should be done to re-evaluate the impact of intermodulation.
Recommendations:
1. Avoid using frequencies that have direct 3rd order IM products or create direct 3rd order
IM products.
Rev Post-Negot 02/03/2015
Motorola Confidential Proprietary Page 108
Design, technical and pricing information contained in this offering is considered proprietary and may not be shared with
any person or agency not directly associated with the addressee without the express written consent of Motorola Solutions, Inc., or its designees.

Motorola 800 MHz Rebanding Project
Maricopa County, AZ Reconfiguration Proposal / Attachment A
2. Not all of the mixing possibilities are significant in creating interference signals. Higher
order IM products are usually weaker in signal strength. Also, the interference depends
on the power level of the mixing signal. Impact of higher order IM products can be
mitigated by controlling the power level of the mixing signal.
3. Provide separate transmit and receive cables. This would move the mixing point far from
both the transmitters and receivers resulting in less probability of an IM problem.
4. Replace all connectors in the system with premium grade connectors where VHF, lower
UHF, and 800MHz frequencies are present.
5. In addition to the connectors, quality components should be used throughout the system,
such as power dividers and cross-band couplers. The installation must always be of the
highest quality. A premium component will cause problems if not installed properly.
6. Direct IM products are more significant than indirect IM products. The impact of
indirect IM products will depend on signal level and how far apart is the IM product from
the receiver frequency.
Disclaimer:
Intermodulation distortion products (IM) are always present where two or more collocated
transmitters are operating simultaneously. Managing the power levels of the IM signals
developed through proper system design will determine whether they cause harmful interference
to communications.
The IM analysis is simply one of the tools used to guide proper design and must be used by a
trained technical person competent to understand its meaning and limitations. The appearance of
an IM product in the analysis does not mean such a product will cause harmful interference, or
indeed even be present. It simply indicates the mathematical possibility of a product being
produced.
Rev Post-Negot 02/03/2015
Motorola Confidential Proprietary Page 109
Design, technical and pricing information contained in this offering is considered proprietary and may not be shared with
any person or agency not directly associated with the addressee without the express written consent of Motorola Solutions, Inc., or its designees.

Motorola 800 MHz Rebanding Project
Maricopa County, AZ Reconfiguration Proposal / Attachment A
800 MHz Rebanding
THOMPSON PEAK Site,
MARICOPA COUNTY, AZ
Intermodulation Analysis
IM Run Date: 7.21.2014
Rev Post-Negot 02/03/2015
Motorola Confidential Proprietary Page 110
Design, technical and pricing information contained in this offering is considered proprietary and may not be shared with
any person or agency not directly associated with the addressee without the express written consent of Motorola Solutions, Inc., or its designees.

Motorola 800 MHz Rebanding Project
Maricopa County, AZ Reconfiguration Proposal / Attachment A
Intermodulation Summary:
Table 1 below lists the total quantity of 800 MHz frequencies for MARICOPA COUNTY,
AZ at THOMPSON PEAK as well as the quantity of MARICOPA COUNTY, AZ 800 MHz
frequencies changing during reconfiguration.
Total Quantity Changing
800 MHz 15 9
Table 1
Table 2 below is the summary of possible intermodulation hits for Thompson Peak.
Hits to Existing
Hits to new 800 MHz
Frequencies
3rd Order 0 0
5th Order 0 0
7th Order 0 0
Table 2
The detailed intermodulation analysis is included in the following sections.
Analysis Introduction:
Intermodulation (IM) products are generated whenever two or more transmit frequencies mix
together. If there is more than one transmit frequency at a site an IM analysis is necessary to
check for possible IM interference problems. There are three basic categories of Intermodulation
(IM) interference. They are receiver produced, transmitter produced, and “other” radiated IM.
Transmitter produced IM is the result of one or more transmitters impressing a signal in the non-
linear final output stage circuitry of another transmitter, usually via antenna coupling. The IM
product frequency is then re-radiated from the transmitter’s antenna. Receiver produced IM is
the result of two or more transmitter signals mixing in a receiver RF amplifier or mixer stage
when operating in a non-linear range. “Other” radiated IM is the result of transmitter signals
mixing in other non-linear junctions. These junctions are usually metallic, such as rusty bolts on
a tower, dissimilar metallic junctions, or other non-linear metallic junctions in the area. IM
products can also be caused by non-linearity in the transmission system such as antenna,
transmission line, or connectors.
This IM study has been performed to predict possible IM products that could be generated by
the potential new frequencies as they are used at the THOMPSON PEAK site after Rebanding.
THOMPSON PEAK site is one of the sites used in the MARICOPA COUNTY, AZ project.
There may be other frequencies used by Cellular providers at the THOMPSON PEAK site.
Cellular providers often license a range of frequencies to a site. These frequencies may or may
not be in use at any given time. Therefore, the intermodulation study as provided is based on
frequencies at the site which do not belong to a cellular service provider. All frequencies
Rev Post-Negot 02/03/2015
Motorola Confidential Proprietary Page 111
Design, technical and pricing information contained in this offering is considered proprietary and may not be shared with
any person or agency not directly associated with the addressee without the express written consent of Motorola Solutions, Inc., or its designees.

Motorola 800 MHz Rebanding Project
Maricopa County, AZ Reconfiguration Proposal / Attachment A
included in this intermodulation study are a result of information provided to Motorola during
the data collection exercise.
Analysis Factors:
Following are the frequencies used in generating the THOMPSON PEAK site IM report:
BOLD frequencies in table 4 are new rebanding frequencies at the site. Italicized frequencies
in table 4 are frequencies at the site that did not change due to rebanding.
Transmit
MARICOPA COUNTY Receive Frequency:
Frequency:
CHANNEL 1 857.3375 812.3375
CHANNEL 2 859.2625 814.2625
CHANNEL 3 859.5625 814.5625
CHANNEL 4 859.3625 814.3625
CHANNEL 5 860.2375 815.2375
CHANNEL 6 859.7625 814.7625
CHANNEL 7 851.1375 806.1375
CHANNEL 8 857.3125 812.3125
CHANNEL 9 851.1875 806.1875
CHANNEL 10 857.2625 812.2625
CHANNEL 11 854.5875 809.5875
CHANNEL 12 854.3375 809.3375
CHANNEL 13 858.8125 813.8125
CHANNEL 14 858.5625 813.5625
CHANNEL 15 857.9125 812.9125
Table 4
The analysis calculates possible IM product frequencies through the seventh (7th) order that
could potentially interfere with receivers at the communications site based on each receiver’s
individual bandwidth. The results can be used to develop an IM mitigation strategy. The
parameters that affect the IM product calculations are: Order of IM products, the number of
transmitters, the number of harmonics, and the half window (bandwidth) of the receiver.
Following are the parameters used for the Thompson Peak site IM analysis:
Minimum Number Transmitters = 2
Maximum Number Transmitters = 59
Minimum Order = 2
Maximum Order = 5
Minimum Harmonic = 1
Maximum Harmonic = 5
Half Window = 12.5 kHz
The product order is equal to the harmonic multiples of the transmitter frequencies added
together. For this IM analysis, 3rd, 5th and 7th order IM study reports were created. There is a
Rev Post-Negot 02/03/2015
Motorola Confidential Proprietary Page 112
Design, technical and pricing information contained in this offering is considered proprietary and may not be shared with
any person or agency not directly associated with the addressee without the express written consent of Motorola Solutions, Inc., or its designees.

Motorola 800 MHz Rebanding Project
Maricopa County, AZ Reconfiguration Proposal / Attachment A
possibility of higher order IM product interference. As the product order increases, the
magnitude of the interfering signal decreases. Once the magnitude of the signal drops below the
sensitivity of the target receiver, it is considered a minimal threat. For this reason 7th order is the
maximum product order considered in this analysis. To generate 7th order IM products, the
maximum of 7 transmitters are required to broadcast simultaneously, or a combination sum of
the harmonic factors of the transmitters is equal to 7(e.g. 3A+4B or 3A-4B).
A harmonic represents the multiple of the original transmitter’s carrier frequency. The greater
the harmonic multiple of a transmitter signal, the lower the power will be relative to the
transmitter signal and therefore, the smaller the level of the interfering signal. For the 7th order
IM products, the maximum harmonic required is 6 for minimum two transmit frequency
assuming that one transmitter alone will not create IM interference.
Half window of the receiver is the most critical parameter which takes into consideration the
receiver bandwidth. During calculation, Hydra checks IM products within (+/- (Half window)
KHz) of all Rx frequencies. For this analysis 12.5 KHz was used as receiver half bandwidth.
Analysis Results:
Hydra was used to generate a 3rd, 5th, and 7th order IM report.
Table 5 below lists possible intermodulation direct hits by order as seen in the report.
800 MHz VHF UHF Other Other
3rd Order 0
5th Order 0
7th Order 0
Table 5
Table 6 below lists the indirect intermodulation hits as seen in the report.
800 MHz VHF UHF Other Other
3rd Order 0
5th Order 0
7th Order 0
Table 6
VHF, Low-band, and UHF channels are usually spaced very close to one another which can
result in intermodulation hits. It should be noted that simplex channels may cause IM products,
but the receiver and transmitter in these stations are never engaged simultaneously and should be
disregarded when the transmitter of the simplex frequency registers IM products upon its own
receiver as is the case in this scenario. Any even order IM products are prevented by the
equipment design of the system.
The presence of calculated IM products does not necessarily indicate an IM hit will occur on
the site. To evaluate the impact of direct and indirect IM products, further investigation is
Rev Post-Negot 02/03/2015
Motorola Confidential Proprietary Page 113
Design, technical and pricing information contained in this offering is considered proprietary and may not be shared with
any person or agency not directly associated with the addressee without the express written consent of Motorola Solutions, Inc., or its designees.

Motorola 800 MHz Rebanding Project
Maricopa County, AZ Reconfiguration Proposal / Attachment A
needed which could include identification of mixing point, determining probability of
transmission on each frequency, power level at mixing point, site configuration, and etc.
Generally 5th order IM products have a lower impact than 3rd order, but can cause significant IM
problems if the power level at the mixing point is high, further investigation would be needed.
The severity of the 7th order IM products is relatively low and can be ignored if the power level
is low.
These results were generated assuming the presence of only the frequencies mentioned in
Analysis Factor section. If there is a change in the frequencies used at the site, another IM
analysis should be done to re-evaluate the impact of intermodulation.
Recommendations:
1. Avoid using frequencies that have direct 3rd order IM products or create direct 3rd order
IM products.
2. Not all of the mixing possibilities are significant in creating interference signals. Higher
order IM products are usually weaker in signal strength. Also, the interference depends
on the power level of the mixing signal. Impact of higher order IM products can be
mitigated by controlling the power level of the mixing signal.
3. Provide separate transmit and receive cables. This would move the mixing point far from
both the transmitters and receivers resulting in less probability of an IM problem.
4. Replace all connectors in the system with premium grade connectors where VHF, lower
UHF, and 800MHz frequencies are present.
5. In addition to the connectors, quality components should be used throughout the system,
such as power dividers and cross-band couplers. The installation must always be of the
highest quality. A premium component will cause problems if not installed properly.
6. Direct IM products are more significant than indirect IM products. The impact of
indirect IM products will depend on signal level and how far apart is the IM product from
the receiver frequency.
Disclaimer:
Intermodulation distortion products (IM) are always present where two or more collocated
transmitters are operating simultaneously. Managing the power levels of the IM signals
developed through proper system design will determine whether they cause harmful interference
to communications.
The IM analysis is simply one of the tools used to guide proper design and must be used by a
trained technical person competent to understand its meaning and limitations. The appearance of
an IM product in the analysis does not mean such a product will cause harmful interference, or
indeed even be present. It simply indicates the mathematical possibility of a product being
produced.
Rev Post-Negot 02/03/2015
Motorola Confidential Proprietary Page 114
Design, technical and pricing information contained in this offering is considered proprietary and may not be shared with
any person or agency not directly associated with the addressee without the express written consent of Motorola Solutions, Inc., or its designees.

Motorola 800 MHz Rebanding Project
Maricopa County, AZ Reconfiguration Proposal / Attachment A
800 MHz Rebanding
TOWERS Site,
MARICOPA COUNTY, AZ
Intermodulation Analysis
IM Run Date: 7.21.2014
Rev Post-Negot 02/03/2015
Motorola Confidential Proprietary Page 115
Design, technical and pricing information contained in this offering is considered proprietary and may not be shared with
any person or agency not directly associated with the addressee without the express written consent of Motorola Solutions, Inc., or its designees.

Motorola 800 MHz Rebanding Project
Maricopa County, AZ Reconfiguration Proposal / Attachment A
Intermodulation Summary:
Table 1 below lists the total quantity of 800 MHz frequencies for MARICOPA COUNTY,
AZ at TOWERS as well as the quantity of MARICOPA COUNTY, AZ 800 MHz frequencies
changing during reconfiguration.
Total Quantity Changing
800 MHz 5 5
Table 1
Table 2 below is the summary of possible intermodulation hits for Towers.
Hits to Existing
Hits to new 800 MHz
Frequencies
3rd Order 0 0
5th Order 0 0
7th Order 0 0
Table 2
The detailed intermodulation analysis is included in the following sections.
Analysis Introduction:
Intermodulation (IM) products are generated whenever two or more transmit frequencies mix
together. If there is more than one transmit frequency at a site an IM analysis is necessary to
check for possible IM interference problems. There are three basic categories of Intermodulation
(IM) interference. They are receiver produced, transmitter produced, and “other” radiated IM.
Transmitter produced IM is the result of one or more transmitters impressing a signal in the non-
linear final output stage circuitry of another transmitter, usually via antenna coupling. The IM
product frequency is then re-radiated from the transmitter’s antenna. Receiver produced IM is
the result of two or more transmitter signals mixing in a receiver RF amplifier or mixer stage
when operating in a non-linear range. “Other” radiated IM is the result of transmitter signals
mixing in other non-linear junctions. These junctions are usually metallic, such as rusty bolts on
a tower, dissimilar metallic junctions, or other non-linear metallic junctions in the area. IM
products can also be caused by non-linearity in the transmission system such as antenna,
transmission line, or connectors.
This IM study has been performed to predict possible IM products that could be generated by
the potential new frequencies as they are used at the TOWERS site after Rebanding. TOWERS
site is one of the sites used in the MARICOPA COUNTY, AZ project. There may be other
frequencies used by Cellular providers at the TOWERS site. Cellular providers often license a
range of frequencies to a site. These frequencies may or may not be in use at any given time.
Therefore, the intermodulation study as provided is based on frequencies at the site which do not
belong to a cellular service provider. All frequencies included in this intermodulation study are a
result of information provided to Motorola during the data collection exercise.
Rev Post-Negot 02/03/2015
Motorola Confidential Proprietary Page 116
Design, technical and pricing information contained in this offering is considered proprietary and may not be shared with
any person or agency not directly associated with the addressee without the express written consent of Motorola Solutions, Inc., or its designees.

Motorola 800 MHz Rebanding Project
Maricopa County, AZ Reconfiguration Proposal / Attachment A
Analysis Factors:
Following are the frequencies used in generating the TOWERS site IM report:
BOLD frequencies in table 4 are new rebanding frequencies at the site. Italicized frequencies
in table 4 are frequencies at the site that did not change due to rebanding.
Transmit
MARICOPA COUNTY Receive Frequency:
Frequency:
CHANNEL 1 853.8875 808.8875
CHANNEL 2 851.8000 806.8000
CHANNEL 3 851.6500 806.6500
CHANNEL 4 851.5875 806.5875
CHANNEL 5 851.3375 806.3375
Table 4
The analysis calculates possible IM product frequencies through the seventh (7th) order that
could potentially interfere with receivers at the communications site based on each receiver’s
individual bandwidth. The results can be used to develop an IM mitigation strategy. The
parameters that affect the IM product calculations are: Order of IM products, the number of
transmitters, the number of harmonics, and the half window (bandwidth) of the receiver.
Following are the parameters used for the TOWERS site IM analysis:
Minimum Number Transmitters = 2
Maximum Number Transmitters = 14
Minimum Order = 2
Maximum Order = 5
Minimum Harmonic = 1
Maximum Harmonic = 5
Half Window = 12.5 kHz
The product order is equal to the harmonic multiples of the transmitter frequencies added
together. For this IM analysis, 3rd, 5th and 7th order IM study reports were created. There is a
possibility of higher order IM product interference. As the product order increases, the
magnitude of the interfering signal decreases. Once the magnitude of the signal drops below the
sensitivity of the target receiver, it is considered a minimal threat. For this reason 7th order is the
maximum product order considered in this analysis. To generate 7th order IM products, the
maximum of 7 transmitters are required to broadcast simultaneously, or a combination sum of
the harmonic factors of the transmitters is equal to 7(e.g. 3A+4B or 3A-4B).
A harmonic represents the multiple of the original transmitter’s carrier frequency. The greater
the harmonic multiple of a transmitter signal, the lower the power will be relative to the
transmitter signal and therefore, the smaller the level of the interfering signal. For the 7th order
IM products, the maximum harmonic required is 6 for minimum two transmit frequency
assuming that one transmitter alone will not create IM interference.
Rev Post-Negot 02/03/2015
Motorola Confidential Proprietary Page 117
Design, technical and pricing information contained in this offering is considered proprietary and may not be shared with
any person or agency not directly associated with the addressee without the express written consent of Motorola Solutions, Inc., or its designees.

Motorola 800 MHz Rebanding Project
Maricopa County, AZ Reconfiguration Proposal / Attachment A
Half window of the receiver is the most critical parameter which takes into consideration the
receiver bandwidth. During calculation, Hydra checks IM products within (+/- (Half window)
KHz) of all Rx frequencies. For this analysis 12.5 KHz was used as receiver half bandwidth.
Analysis Results:
Hydra was used to generate a 3rd, 5th, and 7th order IM report.
Table 5 below lists possible intermodulation direct hits by order as seen in the report.
800 MHz VHF UHF Other Other
3rd Order 0
5th Order 0
7th Order 0
Table 5
Table 6 below lists the indirect intermodulation hits as seen in the report.
800 MHz VHF UHF Other Other
3rd Order 0
5th Order 0
7th Order 0
Table 6
VHF, Low-band, and UHF channels are usually spaced very close to one another which can
result in intermodulation hits. It should be noted that simplex channels may cause IM products,
but the receiver and transmitter in these stations are never engaged simultaneously and should be
disregarded when the transmitter of the simplex frequency registers IM products upon its own
receiver as is the case in this scenario. Any even order IM products are prevented by the
equipment design of the system.
The presence of calculated IM products does not necessarily indicate an IM hit will occur on
the site. To evaluate the impact of direct and indirect IM products, further investigation is
needed which could include identification of mixing point, determining probability of
transmission on each frequency, power level at mixing point, site configuration, and etc.
Generally 5th order IM products have a lower impact than 3rd order, but can cause significant IM
problems if the power level at the mixing point is high, further investigation would be needed.
The severity of the 7th order IM products is relatively low and can be ignored if the power level
is low.
These results were generated assuming the presence of only the frequencies mentioned in
Analysis Factor section. If there is a change in the frequencies used at the site, another IM
analysis should be done to re-evaluate the impact of intermodulation.
Rev Post-Negot 02/03/2015
Motorola Confidential Proprietary Page 118
Design, technical and pricing information contained in this offering is considered proprietary and may not be shared with
any person or agency not directly associated with the addressee without the express written consent of Motorola Solutions, Inc., or its designees.

Motorola 800 MHz Rebanding Project
Maricopa County, AZ Reconfiguration Proposal / Attachment A
Recommendations:
1. Avoid using frequencies that have direct 3rd order IM products or create direct 3rd order
IM products.
2. Not all of the mixing possibilities are significant in creating interference signals. Higher
order IM products are usually weaker in signal strength. Also, the interference depends
on the power level of the mixing signal. Impact of higher order IM products can be
mitigated by controlling the power level of the mixing signal.
3. Provide separate transmit and receive cables. This would move the mixing point far from
both the transmitters and receivers resulting in less probability of an IM problem.
4. Replace all connectors in the system with premium grade connectors where VHF, lower
UHF, and 800MHz frequencies are present.
5. In addition to the connectors, quality components should be used throughout the system,
such as power dividers and cross-band couplers. The installation must always be of the
highest quality. A premium component will cause problems if not installed properly.
6. Direct IM products are more significant than indirect IM products. The impact of
indirect IM products will depend on signal level and how far apart is the IM product from
the receiver frequency.
Disclaimer:
Intermodulation distortion products (IM) are always present where two or more collocated
transmitters are operating simultaneously. Managing the power levels of the IM signals
developed through proper system design will determine whether they cause harmful interference
to communications.
The IM analysis is simply one of the tools used to guide proper design and must be used by a
trained technical person competent to understand its meaning and limitations. The appearance of
an IM product in the analysis does not mean such a product will cause harmful interference, or
indeed even be present. It simply indicates the mathematical possibility of a product being
produced.
Rev Post-Negot 02/03/2015
Motorola Confidential Proprietary Page 119
Design, technical and pricing information contained in this offering is considered proprietary and may not be shared with
any person or agency not directly associated with the addressee without the express written consent of Motorola Solutions, Inc., or its designees.

Motorola 800 MHz Rebanding Project
Maricopa County, AZ Reconfiguration Proposal / Attachment A
800 MHz Rebanding
WHITE TANKS Site,
MARICOPA COUNTY, AZ
Intermodulation Analysis
IM Run Date: 7.21.2014
Rev Post-Negot 02/03/2015
Motorola Confidential Proprietary Page 120
Design, technical and pricing information contained in this offering is considered proprietary and may not be shared with
any person or agency not directly associated with the addressee without the express written consent of Motorola Solutions, Inc., or its designees.

Motorola 800 MHz Rebanding Project
Maricopa County, AZ Reconfiguration Proposal / Attachment A
Intermodulation Summary:
Table 1 below lists the total quantity of 800 MHz frequencies for MARICOPA COUNTY,
AZ at WHITE TANKS as well as the quantity of MARICOPA COUNTY, AZ 800 MHz
frequencies changing during reconfiguration.
Total Quantity Changing
800 MHz 13 13
Table 1
Table 2 below is the summary of possible intermodulation hits for White Tanks.
Hits to Existing
Hits to new 800 MHz
Frequencies
3rd Order 0 0
5th Order 0 0
7th Order 0 0
Table 2
The detailed intermodulation analysis is included in the following sections.
Analysis Introduction:
Intermodulation (IM) products are generated whenever two or more transmit frequencies mix
together. If there is more than one transmit frequency at a site an IM analysis is necessary to
check for possible IM interference problems. There are three basic categories of Intermodulation
(IM) interference. They are receiver produced, transmitter produced, and “other” radiated IM.
Transmitter produced IM is the result of one or more transmitters impressing a signal in the non-
linear final output stage circuitry of another transmitter, usually via antenna coupling. The IM
product frequency is then re-radiated from the transmitter’s antenna. Receiver produced IM is
the result of two or more transmitter signals mixing in a receiver RF amplifier or mixer stage
when operating in a non-linear range. “Other” radiated IM is the result of transmitter signals
mixing in other non-linear junctions. These junctions are usually metallic, such as rusty bolts on
a tower, dissimilar metallic junctions, or other non-linear metallic junctions in the area. IM
products can also be caused by non-linearity in the transmission system such as antenna,
transmission line, or connectors.
This IM study has been performed to predict possible IM products that could be generated by
the potential new frequencies as they are used at the WHITE TANKS site after Rebanding.
WHITE TANKS site is one of the sites used in the MARICOPA COUNTY, AZ project. There
may be other frequencies used by Cellular providers at the WHITE TANKS site. Cellular
providers often license a range of frequencies to a site. These frequencies may or may not be in
use at any given time. Therefore, the intermodulation study as provided is based on frequencies
at the site which do not belong to a cellular service provider. All frequencies included in this
Rev Post-Negot 02/03/2015
Motorola Confidential Proprietary Page 121
Design, technical and pricing information contained in this offering is considered proprietary and may not be shared with
any person or agency not directly associated with the addressee without the express written consent of Motorola Solutions, Inc., or its designees.

Motorola 800 MHz Rebanding Project
Maricopa County, AZ Reconfiguration Proposal / Attachment A
intermodulation study are a result of information provided to Motorola during the data collection
exercise.
Analysis Factors:
Following are the frequencies used in generating the WHITE TANKS site IM report:
BOLD frequencies in table 4 are new rebanding frequencies at the site. Italicized frequencies
in table 4 are frequencies at the site that did not change due to rebanding.
Transmit
MARICOPA COUNTY Receive Frequency:
Frequency:
CHANNEL 1 853.9375 808.9375
CHANNEL 2 853.9125 808.9125
CHANNEL 3 853.7875 808.7875
CHANNEL 4 851.2750 806.2750
CHANNEL 5 851.8625 806.8625
CHANNEL 6 851.8375 806.8375
CHANNEL 7 851.7125 806.7125
CHANNEL 8 851.6875 806.6875
CHANNEL 9 851.5625 806.5625
CHANNEL 10 851.4375 806.4375
CHANNEL 11 851.3625 806.3625
CHANNEL 12 851.2875 806.2875
AIRS 851.0125 806.0125
Table 4
The analysis calculates possible IM product frequencies through the seventh (7th) order that
could potentially interfere with receivers at the communications site based on each receiver’s
individual bandwidth. The results can be used to develop an IM mitigation strategy. The
parameters that affect the IM product calculations are: Order of IM products, the number of
transmitters, the number of harmonics, and the half window (bandwidth) of the receiver.
Following are the parameters used for the WHITE TANKS site IM analysis:
Minimum Number Transmitters = 2
Maximum Number Transmitters = 71
Minimum Order = 2
Maximum Order = 5
Minimum Harmonic = 1
Maximum Harmonic = 5
Half Window = 12.5 kHz
The product order is equal to the harmonic multiples of the transmitter frequencies added
together. For this IM analysis, 3rd, 5th and 7th order IM study reports were created. There is a
possibility of higher order IM product interference. As the product order increases, the
magnitude of the interfering signal decreases. Once the magnitude of the signal drops below the
Rev Post-Negot 02/03/2015
Motorola Confidential Proprietary Page 122
Design, technical and pricing information contained in this offering is considered proprietary and may not be shared with
any person or agency not directly associated with the addressee without the express written consent of Motorola Solutions, Inc., or its designees.

Motorola 800 MHz Rebanding Project
Maricopa County, AZ Reconfiguration Proposal / Attachment A
sensitivity of the target receiver, it is considered a minimal threat. For this reason 7th order is the
maximum product order considered in this analysis. To generate 7th order IM products, the
maximum of 7 transmitters are required to broadcast simultaneously, or a combination sum of
the harmonic factors of the transmitters is equal to 7(e.g. 3A+4B or 3A-4B).
A harmonic represents the multiple of the original transmitter’s carrier frequency. The greater
the harmonic multiple of a transmitter signal, the lower the power will be relative to the
transmitter signal and therefore, the smaller the level of the interfering signal. For the 7th order
IM products, the maximum harmonic required is 6 for minimum two transmit frequency
assuming that one transmitter alone will not create IM interference.
Half window of the receiver is the most critical parameter which takes into consideration the
receiver bandwidth. During calculation, Hydra checks IM products within (+/- (Half window)
KHz) of all Rx frequencies. For this analysis 12.5 KHz was used as receiver half bandwidth.
Analysis Results:
Hydra was used to generate a 3rd, 5th, and 7th order IM report.
Table 5 below lists possible intermodulation direct hits by order as seen in the report.
800 MHz VHF UHF Other Other
3rd Order 0
5th Order 0
7th Order 0
Table 5
Table 6 below lists the indirect intermodulation hits as seen in the report.
800 MHz VHF UHF Other Other
3rd Order 0
5th Order 0
7th Order 0
Table 6
VHF, Low-band, and UHF channels are usually spaced very close to one another which can
result in intermodulation hits. It should be noted that simplex channels may cause IM products,
but the receiver and transmitter in these stations are never engaged simultaneously and should be
disregarded when the transmitter of the simplex frequency registers IM products upon its own
receiver as is the case in this scenario. Any even order IM products are prevented by the
equipment design of the system.
The presence of calculated IM products does not necessarily indicate an IM hit will occur on
the site. To evaluate the impact of direct and indirect IM products, further investigation is
needed which could include identification of mixing point, determining probability of
transmission on each frequency, power level at mixing point, site configuration, and etc.
Rev Post-Negot 02/03/2015
Motorola Confidential Proprietary Page 123
Design, technical and pricing information contained in this offering is considered proprietary and may not be shared with
any person or agency not directly associated with the addressee without the express written consent of Motorola Solutions, Inc., or its designees.

Motorola 800 MHz Rebanding Project
Maricopa County, AZ Reconfiguration Proposal / Attachment A
Generally 5th order IM products have a lower impact than 3rd order, but can cause significant IM
problems if the power level at the mixing point is high, further investigation would be needed.
The severity of the 7th order IM products is relatively low and can be ignored if the power level
is low.
These results were generated assuming the presence of only the frequencies mentioned in
Analysis Factor section. If there is a change in the frequencies used at the site, another IM
analysis should be done to re-evaluate the impact of intermodulation.
Recommendations:
1. Avoid using frequencies that have direct 3rd order IM products or create direct 3rd order
IM products.
2. Not all of the mixing possibilities are significant in creating interference signals. Higher
order IM products are usually weaker in signal strength. Also, the interference depends
on the power level of the mixing signal. Impact of higher order IM products can be
mitigated by controlling the power level of the mixing signal.
3. Provide separate transmit and receive cables. This would move the mixing point far from
both the transmitters and receivers resulting in less probability of an IM problem.
4. Replace all connectors in the system with premium grade connectors where VHF, lower
UHF, and 800MHz frequencies are present.
5. In addition to the connectors, quality components should be used throughout the system,
such as power dividers and cross-band couplers. The installation must always be of the
highest quality. A premium component will cause problems if not installed properly.
6. Direct IM products are more significant than indirect IM products. The impact of
indirect IM products will depend on signal level and how far apart is the IM product from
the receiver frequency.
Disclaimer:
Intermodulation distortion products (IM) are always present where two or more collocated
transmitters are operating simultaneously. Managing the power levels of the IM signals
developed through proper system design will determine whether they cause harmful interference
to communications.
The IM analysis is simply one of the tools used to guide proper design and must be used by a
trained technical person competent to understand its meaning and limitations. The appearance of
an IM product in the analysis does not mean such a product will cause harmful interference, or
indeed even be present. It simply indicates the mathematical possibility of a product being
produced.
Rev Post-Negot 02/03/2015
Motorola Confidential Proprietary Page 124
Design, technical and pricing information contained in this offering is considered proprietary and may not be shared with
any person or agency not directly associated with the addressee without the express written consent of Motorola Solutions, Inc., or its designees.

Motorola 800 MHz Rebanding Project
Maricopa County, AZ Reconfiguration Proposal / Attachment A
800 MHz Rebanding
YARNELL Site,
MARICIPA COUNTY, AZ
Intermodulation Analysis
IM Run Date: 9.8.2014
Rev Post-Negot 02/03/2015
Motorola Confidential Proprietary Page 125
Design, technical and pricing information contained in this offering is considered proprietary and may not be shared with
any person or agency not directly associated with the addressee without the express written consent of Motorola Solutions, Inc., or its designees.

Motorola 800 MHz Rebanding Project
Maricopa County, AZ Reconfiguration Proposal / Attachment A
Intermodulation Summary:
Table 1 below lists the total quantity of 800 MHz frequencies for MARICOPA COUNTY,
AZ at YARNELL as well as the quantity of MARICOPA COUNTY, AZ 800 MHz frequencies
changing during reconfiguration.
Total Quantity Changing
800 MHz 4 4
Table 1
Table 2 below is the summary of possible intermodulation hits for Yarnell.
Hits to Existing
Hits to new 800 MHz
Frequencies
3rd Order 0
5th Order 0
7th Order 0
Table 2
The detailed intermodulation analysis is included in the following sections.
Analysis Introduction:
Intermodulation (IM) products are generated whenever two or more transmit frequencies mix
together. If there is more than one transmit frequency at a site an IM analysis is necessary to
check for possible IM interference problems. There are three basic categories of Intermodulation
(IM) interference. They are receiver produced, transmitter produced, and “other” radiated IM.
Transmitter produced IM is the result of one or more transmitters impressing a signal in the non-
linear final output stage circuitry of another transmitter, usually via antenna coupling. The IM
product frequency is then re-radiated from the transmitter’s antenna. Receiver produced IM is
the result of two or more transmitter signals mixing in a receiver RF amplifier or mixer stage
when operating in a non-linear range. “Other” radiated IM is the result of transmitter signals
mixing in other non-linear junctions. These junctions are usually metallic, such as rusty bolts on
a tower, dissimilar metallic junctions, or other non-linear metallic junctions in the area. IM
products can also be caused by non-linearity in the transmission system such as antenna,
transmission line, or connectors.
This IM study has been performed to predict possible IM products that could be generated by
the potential new frequencies as they are used at the YARNELL site after Rebanding.
YARNELL site is one of the sites used in the MARICOPA COUNTY, AZ project. There may
be other frequencies used by Cellular providers at the YARNELL site. Cellular providers often
license a range of frequencies to a site. These frequencies may or may not be in use at any given
time. Therefore, the intermodulation study as provided is based on frequencies at the site which
do not belong to a cellular service provider. All frequencies included in this intermodulation
study are a result of information provided to Motorola during the data collection exercise.
Rev Post-Negot 02/03/2015
Motorola Confidential Proprietary Page 126
Design, technical and pricing information contained in this offering is considered proprietary and may not be shared with
any person or agency not directly associated with the addressee without the express written consent of Motorola Solutions, Inc., or its designees.

Motorola 800 MHz Rebanding Project
Maricopa County, AZ Reconfiguration Proposal / Attachment A
Analysis Factors:
Following are the frequencies used in generating the YARNELL site IM report:
BOLD frequencies in table 4 are new rebanding frequencies at the site. Italicized frequencies
in table 4 are frequencies at the site that did not change due to rebanding.
Transmit
MARICOPA COUNTY Receive Frequency:
Frequency:
CHANNEL 1 - CC 853.8125 808.8125
CHANNEL 2 - CC 851.7625 806.7625
CHANNEL 3 851.6125 806.6125
CHANNEL 4 851.2375 806.2375
Table 4
The analysis calculates possible IM product frequencies through the seventh (5th) order that
could potentially interfere with receivers at the communications site based on each receiver’s
individual bandwidth. The results can be used to develop an IM mitigation strategy. The
parameters that affect the IM product calculations are: Order of IM products, the number of
transmitters, the number of harmonics, and the half window (bandwidth) of the receiver.
Following are the parameters used for the YARNELL site IM analysis:
Minimum Number Transmitters = 2
Maximum Number Transmitters = 4
Minimum Order = 2
Maximum Order = 5
Minimum Harmonic = 1
Maximum Harmonic = 5
Half Window = 12.5 kHz
The product order is equal to the harmonic multiples of the transmitter frequencies added
together. For this IM analysis, 3rd, 5th order IM study reports were created. There is a possibility
of higher order IM product interference. As the product order increases, the magnitude of the
interfering signal decreases. Once the magnitude of the signal drops below the sensitivity of the
target receiver, it is considered a minimal threat. For this reason 7th order is the maximum
product order considered in this analysis. To generate 7th order IM products, the maximum of 7
transmitters are required to broadcast simultaneously, or a combination sum of the harmonic
factors of the transmitters is equal to 7(e.g. 3A+4B or 3A-4B).
A harmonic represents the multiple of the original transmitter’s carrier frequency. The greater
the harmonic multiple of a transmitter signal, the lower the power will be relative to the
transmitter signal and therefore, the smaller the level of the interfering signal. For the 7th order
IM products, the maximum harmonic required is 6 for minimum two transmit frequency
assuming that one transmitter alone will not create IM interference.
Half window of the receiver is the most critical parameter which takes into consideration the
receiver bandwidth. During calculation, Hydra checks IM products within (+/- (Half window)
KHz) of all Rx frequencies. For this analysis 12.5 KHz was used as receiver half bandwidth.
Rev Post-Negot 02/03/2015
Motorola Confidential Proprietary Page 127
Design, technical and pricing information contained in this offering is considered proprietary and may not be shared with
any person or agency not directly associated with the addressee without the express written consent of Motorola Solutions, Inc., or its designees.

Motorola 800 MHz Rebanding Project
Maricopa County, AZ Reconfiguration Proposal / Attachment A
Analysis Results:
Hydra was used to generate a 3rd, 5th, and 7th order IM report.
Table 5 below lists possible intermodulation direct hits by order as seen in the report.
800 MHz VHF UHF Other Other
3rd Order 0
5th Order 0
7th Order 0
Table 5
Table 6 below lists the indirect intermodulation hits as seen in the report.
800 MHz VHF UHF Other Other
3rd Order 0
5th Order 0
7th Order 0
Table 6
VHF, Low-band, and UHF channels are usually spaced very close to one another which can
result in intermodulation hits. It should be noted that simplex channels may cause IM products,
but the receiver and transmitter in these stations are never engaged simultaneously and should be
disregarded when the transmitter of the simplex frequency registers IM products upon its own
receiver as is the case in this scenario. Any even order IM products are prevented by the
equipment design of the system.
The presence of calculated IM products does not necessarily indicate an IM hit will occur on
the site. To evaluate the impact of direct and indirect IM products, further investigation is
needed which could include identification of mixing point, determining probability of
transmission on each frequency, power level at mixing point, site configuration, and etc.
Generally 5th order IM products have a lower impact than 3rd order, but can cause significant IM
problems if the power level at the mixing point is high, further investigation would be needed.
The severity of the 7th order IM products is relatively low and can be ignored if the power level
is low.
These results were generated assuming the presence of only the frequencies mentioned in
Analysis Factor section. If there is a change in the frequencies used at the site, another IM
analysis should be done to re-evaluate the impact of intermodulation.
Recommendations:
1. Avoid using frequencies that have direct 3rd order IM products or create direct 3rd order
IM products.
Rev Post-Negot 02/03/2015
Motorola Confidential Proprietary Page 128
Design, technical and pricing information contained in this offering is considered proprietary and may not be shared with
any person or agency not directly associated with the addressee without the express written consent of Motorola Solutions, Inc., or its designees.

Motorola 800 MHz Rebanding Project
Maricopa County, AZ Reconfiguration Proposal / Attachment A
2. Not all of the mixing possibilities are significant in creating interference signals. Higher
order IM products are usually weaker in signal strength. Also, the interference depends
on the power level of the mixing signal. Impact of higher order IM products can be
mitigated by controlling the power level of the mixing signal.
3. Provide separate transmit and receive cables. This would move the mixing point far from
both the transmitters and receivers resulting in less probability of an IM problem.
4. Replace all connectors in the system with premium grade connectors where VHF, lower
UHF, and 800MHz frequencies are present.
5. In addition to the connectors, quality components should be used throughout the system,
such as power dividers and cross-band couplers. The installation must always be of the
highest quality. A premium component will cause problems if not installed properly.
6. Direct IM products are more significant than indirect IM products. The impact of
indirect IM products will depend on signal level and how far apart is the IM product from
the receiver frequency.
Disclaimer:
Intermodulation distortion products (IM) are always present where two or more collocated
transmitters are operating simultaneously. Managing the power levels of the IM signals
developed through proper system design will determine whether they cause harmful interference
to communications.
The IM analysis is simply one of the tools used to guide proper design and must be used by a
trained technical person competent to understand its meaning and limitations. The appearance of
an IM product in the analysis does not mean such a product will cause harmful interference, or
indeed even be present. It simply indicates the mathematical possibility of a product being
produced.
Rev Post-Negot 02/03/2015
Motorola Confidential Proprietary Page 129
Design, technical and pricing information contained in this offering is considered proprietary and may not be shared with
any person or agency not directly associated with the addressee without the express written consent of Motorola Solutions, Inc., or its designees.

Motorola 800 MHz Rebanding Project
Maricopa County, AZ Reconfiguration Proposal / Attachment B
ATTACHMENT B
SUITABILITY ASSESSMENT IMPACT REPORT
(SAIR)
Rev Post-Negot 02/03/2015
Motorola Confidential Proprietary Page 130
Design, technical and pricing information contained in this offering is considered proprietary and may not be shared with
any person or agency not directly associated with the addressee without the express written consent of Motorola Solutions, Inc., or its designees.

Motorola 800 MHz Rebanding Project
Maricopa County, AZ Reconfiguration Proposal / Attachment B
Suitability Assessment Impact Report
Licensee Name: Maricopa County
Customer Name: Maricopa County, AZ
Submitted by: Motorola Solutions, Inc.
System Type: ASTRO 7.14
Preparation Date: Revised, January 30, 2015
The content of this report is dependent upon the data entered into the inventory workbook
as supplied by the Customer or the Customer's agent
Concerning the Suitability Assessment Process, Motorola has completed its preliminary
evaluation and has determined that the products listed in the inventory you provided will
be impacted as described in the following text. However, Motorola may perform additional
regression tests as required on these products. In the unlikely event the regression
testing indicates the above information is incorrect, Motorola will gladly provide corrected
information to you and advise you of the effects of rebanding; further, if it is appropriate,
Motorola will provide to you a quote for software, hardware or services to address the
effects of rebanding.
ver.9.3.1 ver. 9.03.00 09-15-20 5/27/2014
Rev Post-Negot 02/03/2015
Motorola Confidential Proprietary Page 131
Design, technical and pricing information contained in this offering is considered proprietary and may not be shared with
any person or agency not directly associated with the addressee without the express written consent of Motorola Solutions, Inc., or its designees.

Motorola 800 MHz Rebanding Project
Maricopa County, AZ Reconfiguration Proposal / Attachment B
Impact to Base Stations or Repeaters
Retune the IR Quantar base station frequency with the appropriate RSS.
Retune the MTR2000 base station new frequency with RSS.
Impact to System Controllers
No Trunked System Controllers Inventory Input Provided.
Impact to Management Terminals
No Systems Management Terminal Inventory Input Provided.
Impact to Subscribers
XTS2500 radios shipped before Feb. 2006: flash with rebanding firmware then
retune with new RVN4181 CPS software.
XTL2500 radios shipped before Feb. 2006: flash with rebanding firmware then
retune with new RVN4185T CPS software.
XTS5000 radios shipped before Feb. 2006: flash with rebanding firmware then
retune with new RVN4181 CPS software. Radios shipped after Jan. 2006: retune
with new RVN4181T CPS software.
XTL5000 radios shipped before Feb. 2006: flash with rebanding firmware then
retune with new RVN4185 CPS software.
Flash the XTS3000 portable with rebanding firmware then retune with new
RVN4181T CPS software.
Retune the APX6000 with APX CPS.
Retune the APX6500 with APX CPS.
Retune the APX7000 with APX CPS.
Retune the APX7500 with APX CPS.
Retune the APX7500 Consolette with APX CPS.
For MTS2000 radio with 512 Kbyte memory and codeplug size less than 13.5
Kbyte: flash with rebanding firmware then retune with new RVN4176S CPS
software.
For ASTRO Spectras with 1 MegaByte memory: flash with rebanding firmware then
retune with new RVN4183S CPS software.
Impact to RF Antenna Site Equipment
Retune each port of the RFS/Celwave transmitter combiner for the new frequency.
Rev Post-Negot 02/03/2015
Motorola Confidential Proprietary Page 132
Design, technical and pricing information contained in this offering is considered proprietary and may not be shared with
any person or agency not directly associated with the addressee without the express written consent of Motorola Solutions, Inc., or its designees.

Motorola 800 MHz Rebanding Project
Maricopa County, AZ Reconfiguration Proposal / Attachment B
No Action Required for the Tx-Rx Tower Mounted Amplifier or Receive Multicoupler
No action required for the RFS/Celwave BDA.
Replace filters in EMR BDAs which fall outside the new frequency range for the
affiliated sites.
No action required on any of the other EMR BDAs.
Impact to Dispatch Console Systems
No Dispatch Center Inventory Input Provided.
Impact to MOSCAD Sub-Systems
No MOSCAD Inventory Input Provided.
Rev Post-Negot 02/03/2015
Motorola Confidential Proprietary Page 133
Design, technical and pricing information contained in this offering is considered proprietary and may not be shared with
any person or agency not directly associated with the addressee without the express written consent of Motorola Solutions, Inc., or its designees.

Motorola 800 MHz Rebanding Project
Maricopa County, AZ Reconfiguration Proposal / Attachment C
ATTACHMENT C
FUNCTIONAL ACCEPTANCE TEST PROCEDURES (FATP)
Rev Post-Negot 02/03/2015
Motorola Confidential Proprietary Page 134
Design, technical and pricing information contained in this offering is considered proprietary and may not be shared with
any person or agency not directly associated with the addressee without the express written consent of Motorola Solutions, Inc., or its designees.

Motorola 800 MHz Rebanding Project
Maricopa County, AZ Reconfiguration Proposal / Attachment C
Maricopa County
Functional Acceptance Test Plan (FATP)
TRUNKED REBANDED CHANNELS
DESCRIPTION
After each portion of the system is rebanded, the following test will be conducted to verify that
each channel will transport audio from the initiating subscriber to other subscribers.
SETUP
Radio 1—Talkgroup 1
Radio 2—Talkgroup 1
TEST
Initiate a talk group call on Radio 1. Take note from the controller which channel is used.
Verify from Radio 2 that audio is passed through the system, indicating correct frequency
assignments by the system as well as proper combiner tuning and appropriate multicoupler filter
bandwidth.
While watching the controller assignment lights, key Radio 1 repeatedly until an untested
rebanded channel is assigned. Repeat the test described in the previous paragraph until it is
confirmed that all rebanded channels will pass audio.
Pass____ Fail____
CONVENTIONAL REBANDED CHANNELS
DESCRIPTION
After each conventional channel of the system is rebanded, the following test will be conducted
to verify that each channel will transport audio from the initiating subscriber to other subscribers.
SETUP
Radio 1— Conventional Channel
Radio 2 —Conventional Channel
TEST
Initiate a call on Radio 1. Verify from Radio 2 that audio is passed through the repeater,
indicating proper combiner tuning and appropriate multicoupler filter bandwidth.
Repeat the test described in the previous paragraph until it is confirmed that all rebanded
conventional channels will pass audio.
Pass____ Fail____
Rev Post-Negot 02/03/2015
Motorola Confidential Proprietary Page 135
Design, technical and pricing information contained in this offering is considered proprietary and may not be shared with
any person or agency not directly associated with the addressee without the express written consent of Motorola Solutions, Inc., or its designees.

Motorola 800 MHz Rebanding Project
Maricopa County, AZ Reconfiguration Proposal / Attachment C
Signoff Certificate
By their signatures below, the following witnesses certify they have observed the In-Field System Verification Test
Procedures.
Signatures
LICENSEE WITNESS: ___________________________________ Date:
Please Print Name: ________________________________________
WITNESS: ___________________________________ Date:
Please Print Name: ________________________________________
Rev Post-Negot 02/03/2015
Motorola Confidential Proprietary Page 136
Design, technical and pricing information contained in this offering is considered proprietary and may not be shared with
any person or agency not directly associated with the addressee without the express written consent of Motorola Solutions, Inc., or its designees.

Motorola 800 MHz Rebanding Project
Maricopa County, AZ Reconfiguration Proposal / Attachment D
ATTACHMENT D
RF PERFORMANCE VERIFICATION PLAN
Rev Post-Negot 02/03/2015
Motorola Confidential Proprietary Page 137
Design, technical and pricing information contained in this offering is considered proprietary and may not be shared with
any person or agency not directly associated with the addressee without the express written consent of Motorola Solutions, Inc., or its designees.

Motorola 800 MHz Rebanding Project
Maricopa County, AZ Reconfiguration Proposal / Attachment D
Maricopa County
Method I &III - RF Performance Verification Plan
Method I RF Performance Verification Plan
Before a device is rebanded, it will be inspected for any preexisting defects that may impede the
rebanding process. Motorola will report all identifiable defects to Maricopa County. It will be
the County’s responsibility to correct these issues through its normal service channels prior to
rebanding.
RF performance verification procedures for systems of this type are defined by the Transition
Administrator (TA) as follows:
Method I – Repeater Site Measurements
This method is appropriate for sites where reconfiguration does not require
substantial changes to the antenna or coax feed line. This method can be used if
other transmission elements such as transmitter combiners, or filtering devices
change, if those changes do not result in a change to the transmit power into the
feed line. For those systems where the transmit power to the feed line does not
change, it is sufficient to make a series of measurements at the repeater site.
This method assumes all existing equipment is specified to operate with
comparable losses for the new channels compared to the existing channels. If the
antenna bandwidth specifications include the new channels, then the radiated
pattern and signal strength should not change assuming that equivalent transmit
power is delivered to the antenna.
Prior to reconfiguring RF components at a site, measured losses for each
component are recorded including the transmit power entering the antenna’s
transmission line (baseline measurements). The measurements should include the
return loss of the transmission line and antenna. After reconfiguration, the same
measurements are made and compared to the baseline measurements. If the two
sets of measurements are comparable, then RF performance will be comparable.
The RF performance verification plan that follows has been designed to closely align with the
Transition Administrator’s guidance.
Method I Verification Procedures
These checks will be performed on each applicable base station prior to changing the frequency.
Transmitter
 Measure and record the frequency.
 Measure and record the transmit RF power output
 Measure and record the transmitter modulation deviation.
Rev Post-Negot 02/03/2015
Motorola Confidential Proprietary Page 138
Design, technical and pricing information contained in this offering is considered proprietary and may not be shared with
any person or agency not directly associated with the addressee without the express written consent of Motorola Solutions, Inc., or its designees.

Motorola 800 MHz Rebanding Project
Maricopa County, AZ Reconfiguration Proposal / Attachment D
Receiver
 Measure and record the frequency
 Measure and record the sensitivity (Sinad or BER).
 Measure and record the effective receiver sensitivity.
These checks were performed on each applicable transmit combiner component (and if
applicable duplexer) prior to changing the frequency.
Combiner
 Measure and record the transmit RF power into each port of the combiner
or station duplexer.
 Measure and record the transmit RF power out of the combiner or
duplexer for each applicable channel.
 Measure and record the reflected RF power from the antenna.
The Tower Mounted Amplifier and Multicoupler checks to perform are:
TMA/Multicoupler
 Measure and record the system gain.
 Measure and record the bandwidth of filters.
 Measure and record the noise floor in the pass-band.
Antenna
 Measure and record antenna bandwidth.
 Sweep and record antenna feed-line.
Once these tests are completed, the trunking system will be rebanded and the tests repeated. The
results of both exercises will be compared and the findings presented to the Maricopa County for
approval.
Per the TA, the “focus of any testing must be on showing if comparable coverage is
achieved”. For the Maricopa County system, Motorola believes these procedures adequately
meet this goal.
Method III RF Performance Verification Plan
Coverage Performance Analysis
Per the request of Maricopa County, Motorola will perform a detailed Coverage Performance
Analysis for two sites, to be determined at project kickoff. These tests will be for information
only. The purpose of the analysis is to compare coverage performance of the Maricopa County
communications system before and after Rebanding. Motorola will gather coverage data for the
system. First, a Coverage Performance Baseline (CPB) Analysis will take place before any RF-
sensitive equipment is modified or replaced. This CPB will gather data similar to a coverage
analysis. It is not intended to determine the full extent of the system’s coverage, but to provide a
baseline for comparison after all rebanding work is complete. The CPB will be performed on the
Rev Post-Negot 02/03/2015
Motorola Confidential Proprietary Page 139
Design, technical and pricing information contained in this offering is considered proprietary and may not be shared with
any person or agency not directly associated with the addressee without the express written consent of Motorola Solutions, Inc., or its designees.

Motorola 800 MHz Rebanding Project
Maricopa County, AZ Reconfiguration Proposal / Attachment D
street using Motorola Voyager test equipment installed in a vehicle. No in-building data will be
collected.
At the completion of rebanding activities, Motorola will conduct a Coverage Baseline
Verification (CBV) Analysis. The CBV will be performed identically to the CPB. The data
from the CPB and CBV will be compared to verify that all rebanded equipment is operating
comparably to its pre-rebanding state.
A Coverage Performance Plan (CPP) will be developed as part of the Coverage Performance
Analysis. This CPP provides details of the CPB and CBV to be performed. The CPP is based on
analyzing approximately 600 accessible grids. Recommended grids used for coverage baselining
and verification will be located along limited access highways and other thoroughfares. Major
streets may be added if additional grids are needed to provide an adequate quantity of samples.
This “spider” shaped pattern provides for very fast collection of data, while providing a
representative sample of a customer’s entire service area.
Because of statistical probabilities, data collected from both activities will typically not be
identical, even if the radio system is performing at an equal level. The quantity of passing
analysis points from each data collection will be compared. If the number of passing points in
the final CBV as compared to the passing points in the baseline CPB is within the prescribed
percentage (pre and post rebanding analysis points will be within 5% to prove comparable
coverage) by the Coverage Performance Plan, the rebanded equipment will be judged as working
properly. The individual passing points will not be compared, but only the total quantity of
passing points from each activity.
Two teams will be required to carry out the CPB and CBV testing. Each team will include one
Engineer to conduct and monitor the objective test, a driver and a test vehicle.
Motorola will provide a report indicating the results of the coverage performance verification.
Coverage performance analysis may be impacted by the presence of outside interference.
Motorola cannot be responsible for the effects of such interference on the analyses.
Motorola will provide to Maricopa County the Coverage Performance Plan prior to conducting
any analysis.
Rev Post-Negot 02/03/2015
Motorola Confidential Proprietary Page 140
Design, technical and pricing information contained in this offering is considered proprietary and may not be shared with
any person or agency not directly associated with the addressee without the express written consent of Motorola Solutions, Inc., or its designees.

Motorola 800 MHz Rebanding Project
Maricopa County, AZ Reconfiguration Proposal / Attachment E
ATTACHMENT E
CUTOVER & FALL BACK PLAN
Rev Post-Negot 02/03/2015
Motorola Confidential Proprietary Page 141
Design, technical and pricing information contained in this offering is considered proprietary and may not be shared with
any person or agency not directly associated with the addressee without the express written consent of Motorola Solutions, Inc., or its designees.

Motorola 800 MHz Rebanding Project
Maricopa County, AZ Reconfiguration Proposal / Attachment E
Maricopa County ASTRO 7.14
Rebanding Cutover and Fallback Plans
Overview
The Maricopa County System consists of an ASTRO P25 7.14 core with Smartzone IR sites
using Smart-X interface boxes. Maricopa County also uses two Command on Wheels (COW)
vehicles.
The trunking system includes fifteen IR sites. The fifteen sites are located at White Tanks,
Bronco, CCB, Oatman, ORD, Yarnell, SEC, Durango, Humboldt, Towers, Chandler, Smith,
TPK, Gillen, and Scottsdale
In addition to the trunked system, Maricopa County operates two Command on Wheels (COW)
vehicles named COW 201 and COW 243. COW 201 contains one conventional repeater. COW
243 contains two conventional repeaters.
Rebanding of the Maricopa County System will be performed according to Motorola’s
standard method of procedures. The work will be performed during times agreed upon by
Maricopa County and Motorola. Teams will arrive on site well before the scheduled outage time
to collect, record, and verify site information. Before proceeding with the rebanding, the
bandwidth of the receive antenna systems must be verified. The technologist will also use a
simple over the air test to confirm receive antenna system performance.
Cutover and Fallback
The cutover plan must start with ensuring the current system configuration is operating as
expected. This is accomplished by performing basic functionality tests to verify that all modes
of operation are working to the expected level. If an issue is found then the issue is resolved prior
to engaging the reconfiguration process. Refer to the functional ATP processes to understand
what tests will be required to verify system operation.
Rebanding the site includes the following tasks:
• Collect RSSI data
• Collect transmitter data
• Retune combiner
• Retune repeaters
• Balance power
• Collect post-rebanding transmitter data
• Realign repeaters
• Collect post-rebanding RSSI data
• Perform functional acceptance test
Rev Post-Negot 02/03/2015
Motorola Confidential Proprietary Page 142
Design, technical and pricing information contained in this offering is considered proprietary and may not be shared with
any person or agency not directly associated with the addressee without the express written consent of Motorola Solutions, Inc., or its designees.

Motorola 800 MHz Rebanding Project
Maricopa County, AZ Reconfiguration Proposal / Attachment E
Before an effective cutover plan is possible the current system configuration, programming,
database files, and etc must be retrieved and archived in case they are needed to recover from a
failure in the reconfiguration process.
The fallback plan is directly related to the system cutover plan. Each step or group of steps in the
cutover plan will have a recovery process. The first step in the development of a fallback plan is
to fully understand each step in the cutover plan and how it impacts the system. The fallback
plan will match the cutover plan process, just in reverse.
The following description details the work to be performed on subscriber and infrastructure
equipment.
This cutover-fallback plan incorporates both the cutover process and fallback plan into one
integrated document. The fallback portion provides plans to recover system operation in case an
issue occurs during the reconfiguration process. Each functional change during the
reconfiguration will have its set of fallback steps so reconfiguring the system to its original state
will not be necessary. This will allow for quicker recovery in the event an issue arises during
system reconfiguration.
The fallback processes are shown in bold and underlined text.
This process does not take into consideration such items as travel, logistics of getting access to
radio units, time of day, or etc. These items will be defined and scheduled in detail based on
operations and agency requirements at the project kick-off and the time frame of the
implementation. The intent of this section is to describe the step by step process to actually make
the changes in the system equipment.
The system migration will be performed in two distinct steps. First the subscriber units will be
rebanded by either replacement or reprogramming. Once ALL of the subscribers are complete
then the Fixed Network Equipment (FNE) will be rebanded.
SUBSCRIBER PLAN
Subscriber Retuning Process
1. Select an existing radio to be reprogrammed for rebanding.
2. Perform a quick test of the radio to ensure it is working properly.
If the radio does not work properly submit it for repair under the repair
procedures defined by Maricopa County contract or agreement with the
assigned service prior to proceeding with this unit.
3. Read the radio with the new CPS software.
4. Save the radio programming template to the computer.
5. Program the new control and failsoft channel frequencies into the radio programming
template.
6. Save this newly modified template to the computer.
7. Program the radio with the newly modified template.
Rev Post-Negot 02/03/2015
Motorola Confidential Proprietary Page 143
Design, technical and pricing information contained in this offering is considered proprietary and may not be shared with
any person or agency not directly associated with the addressee without the express written consent of Motorola Solutions, Inc., or its designees.

Motorola 800 MHz Rebanding Project
Maricopa County, AZ Reconfiguration Proposal / Attachment E
8. Test the radio to ensure it operates properly on the system.
If the radio fails to operate properly review the programming template for
errors and correct. Re-program and re-test the radio.
9. Select the next radio in this group and clone with the template saved in step 6 above.
10. Test the radio.
11. If a radio of the same configuration is not available proceed with another unit and
perform steps 1 through 8 above for the next radio configuration. Use the saved radio
programming template to “clone” the next radio of this configuration as it comes
available.
Any second touch of subscribers will follow the same procedure above.
Subscriber Flashing Process
Use the following process to flash radios on a select number of radios first. Once the
operation is verified continue with the other radios.
1. Select an existing radio to be flashed and programmed for reconfiguration.
2. Perform a quick test of the radio to ensure it is working properly.
If the radio does not work properly submit it for repair under the repair
procedures defined by the Maricopa County contract or agreement with the
assigned servicer prior to proceeding with this unit.
3. Read the radio with the new CPS software.
4. Save the radio programming template to the computer.
5. Flash the radio with Rebanding firmware using the radio flashing procedure defined
in the CPS software documentation.
6. Program the new control channel and failsoft channel frequencies into the radio
programming template leaving the existing control and failsoft frequencies intact.
7. Save this newly modified template to the computer.
8. Program the radio with the newly modified template.
9. Test the radio to ensure it operates properly on the system.
If the radio fails to operate properly review the programming template for
errors and correct. Re-program and re-test the radio.
10. Select the next radio and pre-test the radio to ensure it works properly prior to
cloning.
If the radio does not work properly submit it for repair under the repair
procedures defined by the Maricopa County contract or agreement with the
assigned servicer prior to proceeding with this unit.
11. Clone the radio with the template saved in step 7 above.
12. Test the radio.
If the radio fails to operate properly with the new programming repair the unit
while tracking the time to effect the repair to account for the repair time to
Sprint/Nextel for recovery of costs.
13. If a radio of the same configuration is not available proceed with another unit and
perform steps 1 through 12 above for the next radio configuration. Use the saved
Rev Post-Negot 02/03/2015
Motorola Confidential Proprietary Page 144
Design, technical and pricing information contained in this offering is considered proprietary and may not be shared with
any person or agency not directly associated with the addressee without the express written consent of Motorola Solutions, Inc., or its designees.

Motorola 800 MHz Rebanding Project
Maricopa County, AZ Reconfiguration Proposal / Attachment E
radio programming template to “clone” the next radio of this configuration as it
comes available.
INFRASTRUCTURE PLAN
Proposed Transition Procedures
Rebanding of this system requires the following actions to be completed in the following order.
Pre-configuration
Motorola will back up the 7.14 zone controller database and mark the media appropriately.
Reconfiguration will take place during working hours as established and agreed to at the kickoff
meeting with Maricopa County. Reconfiguration will be done in multiple phases. One channel
will be reconfigured at a time based on agreement with Maricopa County.
The field team should locate and ensure that there is a working set of base station spares. If not,
Motorola will get agreement from Maricopa County that a certain number of channels can be
down until repairs are made.
Baseline Test Plan
All RF Sites
Perform “Baseline Check” before and after retuning stations and antenna equipment.
These checks will be administered during the reconfiguration process. These procedures
will be performed on each base station prior to changing the frequency. This consists of
the following items:
Transmitter
Measure and record the frequency
Measure and record the transmit RF power output compared to the Customer license or
previous measurements (if available)
Measure and record transmit reflected power from the combiner port or duplexer
Measure and record the transmitter modulation
Receiver
Measure and record the frequency
Measure and record the sensitivity
Measure and record the effective receiver sensitivity
Transmit Combiner
Measure and record the transmit RF power into each port of the combiner or the input of
the station duplexer
Measure and record the transmit RF power out of the combiner or duplexer for each
channel.
Measure and record the reflected power from the antenna.
Rev Post-Negot 02/03/2015
Motorola Confidential Proprietary Page 145
Design, technical and pricing information contained in this offering is considered proprietary and may not be shared with
any person or agency not directly associated with the addressee without the express written consent of Motorola Solutions, Inc., or its designees.

Motorola 800 MHz Rebanding Project
Maricopa County, AZ Reconfiguration Proposal / Attachment E
Receiver Multicoupler
Verify the bandwidth of filters.
Measure and record the noise floor in the pass-band.
TRUNKED CUTOVER PLAN
1. Notify System Support Center that reconfiguration work is beginning on the
Maricopa County system by referring to the Upgrade Operations (UO) CASE that
was opened when the reconfiguration project was started.
2. Back up the zone controller data base and mark the media appropriately. Keep this
backup data available in case it’s needed to recover from a failure.
3. Inform Maricopa County that a site will be taken off line for a short time period
while the directional coupler is installed on the combiner(s). Obtain approval from
Maricopa County to proceed.
4. Disable the channels connected to the impacted combiner and install a directional
coupler on the output port of the combiner used for the channels that are being
reconfigured. Re-enable the channels and notify Maricopa County that the site is
back on line.
5. Inform Maricopa County that the first new frequencies are ready to be reconfigured.
Obtain approval from Maricopa County to proceed.
6. Disable the channel to be reconfigured. This is determined by agreement with
Maricopa County.
7. Test the base station and log the results in the log sheet provided by Motorola. If a
station is not fully functional submit a request for service using the established
service procedures defined by Maricopa County
8. Test the transmit combiner port for loss and record the results in the log sheet
provided by Motorola. If the transmit combiner port is not working properly
submit a request for service using the established service procedures defined
by Maricopa County.
9. Retune the base station to their new frequency.
10. Enter the new frequency at the master site.
11. Retune the appropriate transmit combiner port to the new frequency.
12. Test the base station and log the results in the log sheet provided by Motorola. If
the transmit combiner port is not fully functional; repair the combiner and
keep track of the time and costs of repair so these costs can be added to the
final Rebanding cost as part of the true up process.
13. Re-test the transmit combiner port logging the results in the provided log
worksheet. If the transmit combiner port is not fully functional; repair the
combiner and keep track of the time and costs of repair so these costs can be
added to the final rebanding cost as part of the true up process.
14. Reactivate the base station.
15. Monitor the system to ensure proper communications are taking place. If not,
capture the controller diagnostics and return the base station to its original
configuration. Call Motorola SSC for support.
16. Perform steps 5 through 15 for the remaining stations at the site.
Rev Post-Negot 02/03/2015
Motorola Confidential Proprietary Page 146
Design, technical and pricing information contained in this offering is considered proprietary and may not be shared with
any person or agency not directly associated with the addressee without the express written consent of Motorola Solutions, Inc., or its designees.

Motorola 800 MHz Rebanding Project
Maricopa County, AZ Reconfiguration Proposal / Attachment E
17. Conduct basic functionality tests to ensure proper operation of the site and of the
site as part of the system.
18. Inform Maricopa County that the site will be taken off line for a few seconds while
the directional coupler is removed. Obtain approval from Maricopa County to
proceed.
19. Remove directional coupler installed on step 4.
20. Continue repeating steps for the next site until all impacted channels and sites are
completed.
At the Thompson Peak site two channels must be swapped to different combiners to maintain
specified combiner frequency separations. Channel 2 is currently connected to Port 2 of
Combiner 1. After rebanding, Channel 2 must be moved to Port 4 of Combiner 2. After
rebanding, Channel 10 will be moved from Combiner 2 Port 4 to Combiner 1 Port 2.
The control channels for the Gillen site will change from Channels 1 and 2 to Channels 1 and 3
to accommodate proper BSI operation.
FALLBACK PLAN
1. Disable the reconfigured stations that do not operate properly.
2. Fully characterize the failure modes so it can be reported to Motorola.
3. Reprogram the base stations with the archive previously saved.
4. Retune the transmit combiner ports to the original frequency.
5. Open a sub-CASE to the original project CASE with the SSC to get assistance in
resolving the issue.
CONVENTIONAL CUTOVER PLAN
1. Notify the customer contact that the conventional channel will be off line until rebanding
is complete.
2. Disable the conventional repeater.
3. Test the disabled base station and log the results in the log sheet provided by Motorola. If
a station is not fully functional submit a request for service using the established
service procedures defined by Maricopa County.
4. Test the combiner port or duplexer associated with the disabled channel for loss and log
the resulting data in the data sheet.
5. Retune the base station to its new frequency.
6. Test the base station and log the results in the log sheet provided by Motorola. If a
station is not fully functional; repair the station.
7. Retune the appropriate transmit combiner port or duplexer to the new frequency.
8. Re-test the transmit combiner port or duplexer logging the results in the provided log
worksheet. If the transmit combiner port is not fully functional; repair the combiner.
9. Enable the conventional repeater and verify that it communicates properly with
subscribers.
10. Notify the customer that the conventional channel has been rebanded.
Rev Post-Negot 02/03/2015
Motorola Confidential Proprietary Page 147
Design, technical and pricing information contained in this offering is considered proprietary and may not be shared with
any person or agency not directly associated with the addressee without the express written consent of Motorola Solutions, Inc., or its designees.

Motorola 800 MHz Rebanding Project
Maricopa County, AZ Reconfiguration Proposal / Attachment E
SYSTEM IMPACT
This section describes the system impact and downtime that may occur for those tasks that
require system interruption.
1. Base Stations and TX combiners – Reconfiguring one channel at a time will impact
available channels by a reduction of one from the current operation. The system will
still be communicating on the remaining active channels.
2. Several channels will be down for a short time period before and after reconfiguration
to install and remove the directional coupler on the combiner.
REBANDED FREQUENCIES
The old and new frequencies for each site are listed below. Any frequencies which are in bold
are changed. Frequencies which are not bold will not change due to rebanding. Note which
frequencies are used as control channels and which are used as Base Station Identifiers. Post-
rebanding transmit frequencies identified by ** will be used for BSI.
Also note at Gillen that Channel 3 will be used as a control channel rather than Channel 2 after
rebanding to allow Channel 2 to be a BSI channel.
Trunking Frequencies
White Tanks
Original After re-banding
License -
Channel # Transmit Receive Transmit Receive FCC Call Signs
frequency, MHz frequency, MHz frequency, MHz frequency, MHz
1-CC 868.9375 823.9375 853.9375 808.9375 KNNN306
2-CC 868.9125 823.9125 853.9125 808.9125 KNNN306
3 868.7875 823.7875 853.7875 808.7875 KNNN306
4 866.2750* 821.2750 851.2750** 806.2750 WQJS304
5 866.8625 821.8625 851.8625 806.8625 KNNN306
6 866.8375 821.8375 851.8375 806.8375 KNNN306
7 866.7125 821.7125 851.7125 806.7125 KNNN306
8 866.6875 821.6875 851.6875 806.6875 KNNN306
9 866.5625 821.5625 851.5625 806.5625 KNNN306
10 866.4375 821.4375 851.4375 806.4375 KNNN306
11 866.3625 821.3625 851.3625 806.3625 KNNN306
12 866.2875 821.2875 851.2875** 806.2875 KNNN306
Notes: Those frequencies impacted by rebanding are marked in bold.
* Base Station Identifier pre-rebanding – this is not a control channel.
**Base Station Identifier post- rebanding - will not cause a change in the control channel list.
Rev Post-Negot 02/03/2015
Motorola Confidential Proprietary Page 148
Design, technical and pricing information contained in this offering is considered proprietary and may not be shared with
any person or agency not directly associated with the addressee without the express written consent of Motorola Solutions, Inc., or its designees.

Motorola 800 MHz Rebanding Project
Maricopa County, AZ Reconfiguration Proposal / Attachment E
Trunking Frequencies
Bronco
Original After re-banding
License -
Channel # Transmit Receive Transmit Receive
FCC Call Signs
frequency, MHz frequency, MHz frequency, MHz frequency, MHz
1-CC 868.8750 823.8750 853.8750 808.8750 KNNN306
2-CC 866.8125 821.8125 851.8125 806.8125 KNNN306
3 866.2625 821.2625 851.2625** 806.2625 KNNN306
4 866.0750* 821.0750 851.0750** 806.0750 WQJS304
Notes: Those frequencies impacted by rebanding are marked in bold.
* Base Station Identifier pre-rebanding – this is not a control channel.
**Base Station Identifier post- rebanding - will not cause a change in the control channel list.
Trunking Frequencies
South East Center
Original After re-banding
License -
Channel # Transmit Receive Transmit Receive
FCC Call Signs
frequency, MHz frequency, MHz frequency, MHz frequency, MHz
1-CC 868.9500 823.9500 853.9500 808.9500 KNNN305
2-CC 868.9250 823.9250 853.9250 808.9250 KNNN305
3 868.8000 823.8000 853.8000 808.8000 KNNN305
4 866.7500 821.7500 851.7500 806.7500 KNNN305
5 866.7250 821.7250 851.7250 806.7250 KNNN305
6 866.1625 821.1625 851.1625** 806.1625 KNNN305
Notes: Those frequencies impacted by rebanding are marked in bold.
* Base Station Identifier pre-rebanding – this is not a control channel.
**Base Station Identifier post- rebanding - will not cause a change in the control channel list.
Trunking Frequencies
Durango
Original After re-banding
License -
Channel # Transmit Receive Transmit Receive
FCC Call Signs
frequency, MHz frequency, MHz frequency, MHz frequency, MHz
1-CC 868.8750 823.8750 853.8750 808.8750 KNNN305
2-CC 868.8500 823.8500 853.8500 808.8500 KNNN305
3-CC 866.8125 821.8125 851.8125 806.8125 KNNN305
4 866.7375 821.7375 851.7375 806.7375 KNNN305
5 866.6625 821.6625 851.6625 806.6625 KNNN305
6 866.2625 821.2625 851.2625** 806.2625 KNNN305
7 852.9375 807.9375 857.6625** 812.6625 WNMZ858
8 866.5750 821.5750 851.5750** 806.5750 WQJS304
Notes: Those frequencies impacted by rebanding are marked in bold.
* Base Station Identifier pre-rebanding – this is not a control channel.
**Base Station Identifier post- rebanding - will not cause a change in the control channel list.
Rev Post-Negot 02/03/2015
Motorola Confidential Proprietary Page 149
Design, technical and pricing information contained in this offering is considered proprietary and may not be shared with
any person or agency not directly associated with the addressee without the express written consent of Motorola Solutions, Inc., or its designees.

Motorola 800 MHz Rebanding Project
Maricopa County, AZ Reconfiguration Proposal / Attachment E
Trunking Frequencies
Central Court Building
Original After re-banding
License -
Channel # Transmit Receive Transmit Receive
FCC Call Signs
frequency, MHz frequency, MHz frequency, MHz frequency, MHz
1-CC 868.8250 823.8250 853.8250 808.8250 KNNN306
2-CC 866.7750 821.7750 851.7750 806.7750 KNNN306
3 857.8625 812.8625 857.8625** 812.8625 WQRB672
4 866.3250 821.3250 851.3250 806.3250 KNNN306
5 866.1750 821.1750 851.1750 806.1750 KNNN306
6 866.1250 821.1250 851.1250** 806.1250 KNNN306
7 858.2625 813.2625 858.2625 813.2625 KNIH427
8 857.2375 812.2375 857.2375** 812.2375 KNIH427
Notes: Those frequencies impacted by rebanding are marked in bold.
* Base Station Identifier pre-rebanding – this is not a control channel.
**Base Station Identifier post- rebanding - will not cause a change in the control channel list.
Trunking Frequencies
Oatman
Original After re-banding
License -
Channel # Transmit Receive Transmit Receive
FCC Call Signs
frequency, MHz frequency, MHz frequency, MHz frequency, MHz
1-CC 868.8750 823.8750 853.8750 808.8750 KNNN306
2-CC 866.8125 821.8125 851.8125 806.8125 KNNN306
3 866.7375 821.7375 851.7375 806.7375 KNNN306
4 866.2625 821.2625 851.2625** 806.2625 KNNN306
Notes: Those frequencies impacted by rebanding are marked in bold.
* Base Station Identifier pre-rebanding – this is not a control channel.
**Base Station Identifier post- rebanding - will not cause a change in the control channel list.
Trunking Frequencies
Gillen
Original After re-banding
License -
Channel # Transmit Receive Transmit Receive
FCC Call Signs
frequency, MHz frequency, MHz frequency, MHz frequency, MHz
1-CC 858.7625 813.7625 858.7625 813.7625 WQRB672
2-CC (Old) 857.7625 812.7625 857.7625** 812.7625 WQRB672
3 -CC (NEW) 866.4500 821.4500 851.4500 806.4500 WQDE614
4 866.2125 821.2125 851.2125 806.2125 WQDE614
5 866.0625 821.0625 851.0625** 806.0625 WQDE614
Notes: Those frequencies impacted by rebanding are marked in bold.
* Base Station Identifier pre-rebanding – this is not a control channel.
**Base Station Identifier post- rebanding - will cause a change in the control channel list. Control
Channel operation will be moved from Channel 2 to Channel 3 to allow proper BSI assignments.
Rev Post-Negot 02/03/2015
Motorola Confidential Proprietary Page 150
Design, technical and pricing information contained in this offering is considered proprietary and may not be shared with
any person or agency not directly associated with the addressee without the express written consent of Motorola Solutions, Inc., or its designees.

Motorola 800 MHz Rebanding Project
Maricopa County, AZ Reconfiguration Proposal / Attachment E
Trunking Frequencies
Humboldt
Original After re-banding
License -
Transmit
FCC Call Signs
frequency, Receive Transmit Receive
Channel # MHz frequency, MHz frequency, MHz frequency, MHz
1-CC 868.8625 823.8625 853.8625 808.8625 KNNN305
2-CC 866.7875 821.7875 851.7875 806.7875 KNNN305
3 866.6375 821.6375 851.6375 806.6375 KNNN305
4 866.3500 821.3500 851.3500 806.3500 KNNN305
5 866.2000* 821.2000 851.2000** 806.2000 KNNN305
Notes: Those frequencies impacted by rebanding are marked in bold.
* Base Station Identifier pre-rebanding – this is not a control channel.
**Base Station Identifier post- rebanding - will not cause a change in the control channel list.
Trunking Frequencies
Thompson Peak
Original After re-banding
License -
Channel # Transmit Receive Transmit Receive
FCC Call Signs
frequency, MHz frequency, MHz frequency, MHz frequency, MHz
1-CC 860.2625 815.2625 857.3375 812.3375 KNIH427
2-CC 859.2625 814.2625 859.2625 814.2625 KNIH427
3 860.9625 815.9625 859.5625 814.5625 WNMZ858
4 860.7625 815.7625 859.3625 814.3625 WNMZ858
5 860.2375 815.2375 860.2375** 815.2375 WNMW364
6 859.7625 814.7625 859.7625 814.7625 WNMZ858
7 866.1375 821.1375 851.1375** 806.1375 WQJS304
8 851.3375 806.3375 857.3125 812.3125 WNMZ858
9 866.1875 821.1875 851.1875 806.1875 WQJS304
10 857.2625 812.2625 857.2625** 812.2625 KNIH427
11 854.5875 809.5875 854.5875 809.5875 WNMZ858
12 854.3375 809.3375 854.3375** 809.3375 WNMZ858
13 853.7625 808.7625 858.8125 813.8125 WNMZ858
14 853.5625 808.5625 858.5625 813.5625 WNMZ858
15 852.7125 807.7125 857.9125 812.9125 WNMZ858
Notes: Those frequencies impacted by rebanding are marked in bold.
* Base Station Identifier pre-rebanding – this is not a control channel.
**Base Station Identifier post- rebanding - will not cause a change in the control channel list.
Rev Post-Negot 02/03/2015
Motorola Confidential Proprietary Page 151
Design, technical and pricing information contained in this offering is considered proprietary and may not be shared with
any person or agency not directly associated with the addressee without the express written consent of Motorola Solutions, Inc., or its designees.

Motorola 800 MHz Rebanding Project
Maricopa County, AZ Reconfiguration Proposal / Attachment E
Trunking Frequencies
ORD
Original After re-banding
License -
Channel # Transmit Receive Transmit Receive
FCC Call Signs
frequency, MHz frequency, MHz frequency, MHz frequency, MHz
1-CC 868.9000 823.9000 853.9000 808.9000 KNNN306
2-CC 868.8375 823.8375 853.8375 808.8375 KNNN306
3 866.2250 821.2250 851.2250** 806.2250 KNNN306
4 866.8250 821.8250 851.8250 806.8250 KNNN306
5 866.7000 821.7000 851.7000 806.7000 KNNN306
Notes: Those frequencies impacted by rebanding are marked in bold.
* Base Station Identifier pre-rebanding – this is not a control channel.
**Base Station Identifier post- rebanding - will not cause a change in the control channel list.
Trunking Frequencies
Yarnell
Original After re-banding
License -
Channel # Transmit Receive Transmit Receive
FCC Call Signs
frequency, MHz frequency, MHz frequency, MHz frequency, MHz
1-CC 868.8125 823.8125 853.8125 808.8125 KNNN306
2-CC 866.7625 821.7625 851.7625 806.7625 KNNN306
3 866.6125 821.6125 851.6125** 806.6125 KNNN306
4 866.2375 821.2375 851.2375** 806.2375 WQJS304
Notes: Those frequencies impacted by rebanding are marked in bold.
* Base Station Identifier pre-rebanding – this is not a control channel.
**Base Station Identifier post- rebanding - will not cause a change in the control channel list.
Trunking Frequencies
Towers
Original After re-banding
License -
Channel # Transmit Receive Transmit Receive
FCC Call Signs
frequency, MHz frequency, MHz frequency, MHz frequency, MHz
1-CC 868.8875 823.8875 853.8875 808.8875 KNNN305
2-CC 866.8000 821.8000 851.8000 806.8000 KNNN305
3 866.6500 821.6500 851.6500 806.6500 KNNN305
4 866.5875 821.5875 851.5875 806.5875 KNNN305
5 866.3375 821.3375 851.3375** 806.3375 KNNN305
Notes: Those frequencies impacted by rebanding are marked in bold.
* Base Station Identifier pre-rebanding – this is not a control channel.
**Base Station Identifier post- rebanding - will not cause a change in the control channel list.
Rev Post-Negot 02/03/2015
Motorola Confidential Proprietary Page 152
Design, technical and pricing information contained in this offering is considered proprietary and may not be shared with
any person or agency not directly associated with the addressee without the express written consent of Motorola Solutions, Inc., or its designees.

Motorola 800 MHz Rebanding Project
Maricopa County, AZ Reconfiguration Proposal / Attachment E
Trunking Frequencies
Chandler
Original After re-banding
License -
Channel # Transmit Receive Transmit Receive
FCC Call Signs
frequency, MHz frequency, MHz frequency, MHz frequency, MHz
1-CC 868.7750 823.7750 853.7750 808.7750 KNNN305
2-CC 866.6750 821.6750 851.6750 806.6750 KNNN305
3 866.6000 821.6000 851.6000 806.6000 KNNN305
4 866.2500 821.2500 851.2500 806.2500 KNNN305
5 866.1500 821.1500 851.1500** 806.1500 KNNN305
Notes: Those frequencies impacted by rebanding are marked in bold.
* Base Station Identifier pre-rebanding – this is not a control channel.
**Base Station Identifier post- rebanding - will not cause a change in the control channel list.
Trunking Frequencies
Scottsdale
Original After re-banding
License -
Channel # Transmit Receive Transmit Receive
FCC Call Signs
frequency, MHz frequency, MHz frequency, MHz frequency, MHz
1-CC 868.7625 823.7625 853.7625 808.7625 WQUB635
2-CC 866.8500 821.8500 851.8500 806.8500 WQUB635
3 866.6250 821.6250 851.6250 806.6250 WQUB635
4 866.3125 821.3125 851.3125** 806.3125 WQUB635
Notes: Those frequencies impacted by rebanding are marked in bold.
* Base Station Identifier pre-rebanding – this is not a control channel.
**Base Station Identifier post- rebanding - will not cause a change in the control channel list.
Trunking Frequencies
Smith
Original After re-banding
License -
Channel # Transmit Receive Transmit Receive
FCC Call Signs
frequency, MHz frequency, MHz frequency, MHz frequency, MHz
1-CC 868.8750 823.8750 853.8750 808.8750 KNNN305
2-CC 866.8125 821.8125 851.8125 806.8125 KNNN305
3 866.2625 821.2625 851.2625** 806.2625 KNNN305
Notes: Those frequencies impacted by rebanding are marked in bold.
* Base Station Identifier pre-rebanding – this is not a control channel.
**Base Station Identifier post- rebanding - will not cause a change in the control channel list.
Rev Post-Negot 02/03/2015
Motorola Confidential Proprietary Page 153
Design, technical and pricing information contained in this offering is considered proprietary and may not be shared with
any person or agency not directly associated with the addressee without the express written consent of Motorola Solutions, Inc., or its designees.

Motorola 800 MHz Rebanding Project
Maricopa County, AZ Reconfiguration Proposal / Attachment E
Conventional Frequency
COW 201
Original After re-banding
Transmit Receive Transmit Receive
Channel # frequency, MHz frequency, MHz frequency, MHz frequency, MHz
1 866.5125 821.5125 851.5125 806.5125
Conventional Frequency
COW 243
Original After re-banding
Transmit Receive Transmit Receive
Channel # frequency, MHz frequency, MHz frequency, MHz frequency, MHz
1 867.5125 822.5125 852.5125 807.5125
2 867.0125 822.0125 852.0125 807.0125
BI-DIRECTIONAL AMPLIFIERS
BDAs will be retuned or replaced at the same time that the sites they are associated with are
rebanded.
Rev Post-Negot 02/03/2015
Motorola Confidential Proprietary Page 154
Design, technical and pricing information contained in this offering is considered proprietary and may not be shared with
any person or agency not directly associated with the addressee without the express written consent of Motorola Solutions, Inc., or its designees.

Motorola 800 MHz Rebanding Project
Maricopa County, AZ Reconfiguration Proposal / Attachment F
ATTACHMENT F
RECONFIGURATION PROJECT SCHEDULE
Wider regional coordination of the licensees’ efforts and schedules is not part of Motorola’s
proposal and is assumed to be performed by the TA and/or Sprint Nextel. Motorola requires
timely notification when blocked frequencies are cleared for use, so that this reconfiguration
effort can proceed.
A change order will be required in order to support the Project Administration and Professional
Services necessary to maintain the project during any frequency blocking holds and
remobilization efforts.
Rev Post-Negot 02/03/2015
Motorola Confidential Proprietary Page 155
Design, technical and pricing information contained in this offering is considered proprietary and may not be shared with
any person or agency not directly associated with the addressee without the express written consent of Motorola Solutions, Inc., or its designees.

Motorola 800 MHz Rebanding Project Reconfiguration Proposal / Attachment F
Maricopa County
ID Task Name Duration M-1 M1 M2 M3 M4 M5 M6 M7 M8 M9 M10 M11 M12 M13 M14 M15 M16 M17 M18 M19 M20 M21 M22 M23 M24 M25 M
1 Maricopa County Reconfiguration 516 days
2 Project Kickoff Activities 34 days
3 Project planning /FRA review 3 days
4 Kickoff meeting 1 day
5 Subcontracts, Project tracking input into Clarity, 2 days
6 Detailed Plan and technical procedures and Update Schedule 10 days
7 Order, deliver and inventory hardware and software 10 days
8 Reband subscriber units (first touch) 195 days
9 Modify customer provided templates 55 days
10 Customer acceptance (templates) 15 days
11 Retune/Reprogram all subscribers 125 days
12 Delay in rebanding FNE 0 days
13 Stand down for frequency blocking to clear - duration TBD 0 days
14 Remobilize from stand down - duration TBD 0 days
15 Reband Infrastructure 82 days
16 Perform Method I Pre-Rebanding Benchmark testing 17 days
17 Method III Drive Testing Pre-Rebanding 20 days
18 Site Rebanding 25 days
19 White Tanks 3 days
20 Bronco 1 day
21 Southeast Center 2 days
22 Durango 2 days
Task Rolled Up Progress Inactive Milestone Finish-only
Critical Task Split Inactive Summary External Tasks
Milestone External Tasks Manual Task External Milestone
Project: Maricopa Reconfiguration Summary Project Summary Duration-only Progress
Rolled Up Task Group By Summary Manual Summary Rollup Deadline
Rolled Up Critical Task Inactive Task Manual Summary
Rolled Up Milestone Inactive Milestone Start-only
Motorola Confidential Proprietary Rev Post-Negot 02/03/2015
Design, technical and pricing information contained in this offering is considered proprietary and may not be shared with Page 156

Motorola 800 MHz Rebanding Project Reconfiguration Proposal / Attachment F
Maricopa County
ID Task Name Duration M-1 M1 M2 M3 M4 M5 M6 M7 M8 M9 M10 M11 M12 M13 M14 M15 M16 M17 M18 M19 M20 M21 M22 M23 M24 M25 M
23 Central Court 2 days
24 Oatman 1 day
25 Gillen 1 day
26 Humboldt 1 day
27 Thompson Peak 4 days
28 ORD 1 day
29 Yarnell 1 day
30 Towers 1 day
31 Chandler 1 day
32 Scotsdale 1 day
33 Smith 1 day
34 COW 201 1 day
35 COW 243 1 day
36 Method III Drive Testing (Post-Rebanding) 20 days
37 Reband subscriber units (second touch) 170 days
38 Modify templates 55 days
39 Customer acceptance (templates) 15 days
40 Retune/Reprogram all subscribers 100 days
41 Project Close-out 35 days
42 Documentation and Reconciliation 20 days
43 Customer Documentation Review 10 days
44 Customer Acceptance and Sign off 5 days
Task Rolled Up Progress Inactive Milestone Finish-only
Critical Task Split Inactive Summary External Tasks
Milestone External Tasks Manual Task External Milestone
Project: Maricopa Reconfiguration Summary Project Summary Duration-only Progress
Rolled Up Task Group By Summary Manual Summary Rollup Deadline
Rolled Up Critical Task Inactive Task Manual Summary
Rolled Up Milestone Inactive Milestone Start-only
Motorola Confidential Proprietary Rev Post-Negot 02/03/2015
Design, technical and pricing information contained in this offering is considered proprietary and may not be shared with Page 157

Motorola 800 MHz Rebanding Project
Maricopa County, AZ Reconfiguration Proposal / Attachment G
ATTACHMENT G
EQUIPMENT RETURN PROCESS
Rev Post-Negot 02/03/2015
Motorola Confidential Proprietary Page 158
Design, technical and pricing information contained in this offering is considered proprietary and may not be shared with
any person or agency not directly associated with the addressee without the express written consent of Motorola Solutions, Inc., or its designees.

Motorola 800 MHz Rebanding Project
Maricopa County, AZ Reconfiguration Proposal/Attachment G1
MOTOROLA REBANDING EQUIPMENT RETURN PROCESS
SUMMARY
All of the Motorola replaced subscriber radios and related accessories must be returned to
the Elgin address below. Licensee will deliver the Trade-In Radios and Trade-In Non-Kit
Accessories to Motorola as soon as practical after they are replaced by the Rebanding
Radios and Non-Kit Accessories or at a different time mutually agreed by the Parties (but
no later than 90 days after the delivery of the corresponding rebanding radio). Requests
for an extension must be sent to bruce.ross@motorolasolutions.com stating the reason for
the request and a proposed new timetable for the returns to be completed. The only
exceptions to the used equipment return requirement are the cables for trunk mounted
mobile radios, mobile antennas and monitors for SIMS, SIP System Watch terminals.
Those can be disposed of locally. Replaced fixed equipment such as base stations, tower
antennas, 6809 boards, firmware, code plugs, computer equipment, system management
terminals, Futurecom VRS units, etc. must be returned. Schedule C fixed equipment
must be sent to Abilene (see Motorola-Elgin or Sprint-Abilene return processes, included
as sub-sections below). Schedule D fixed equipment must be sent to Elgin. If you aren’t
sure where to send the used fixed equipment, please contact Bruce Ross via email.
BASIC PROCESS
1) Packing Slip Creation
Each box must have a Packing Slip
- Create a Packing Slip for each box by going to https://etos1.ctdi.com/login/
Use your Deal Number as the Username (Example: DL1234567890); and
Use the same Deal Number as the Password.
**IMPORTANT NOTE: If you have multiple Deal Numbers, it is important to use the one
that is associated with replacement of the equipment being returned in this shipment.
If in doubt, please contact your Sprint-Nextel Project Manager.
Motorola Rebanding Equipment Return Process 11-06-2013.docx MOTO 7.1
Rev Post-Negot 02/03/2015
Motorola Confidential Proprietary Page 159
Design, technical and pricing information contained in this offering is considered proprietary and may not be shared with
any person or agency not directly associated with the addressee without the express written consent of Motorola Solutions, Inc., or its designees.

Motorola 800 MHz Rebanding Project
Maricopa County, AZ Reconfiguration Proposal/Attachment G1
Packing Slip Creation, Continued…
- Click on Carton Entry in the top left corner.
- Enter your contact information and click “Next”.
- Enter the Tracking #, if known.
- Enter the weight, if known.
- Select the Make of the item you are returning.
- Select the Type of the item you are returning.
- Select the Model of the item you are returning.
- Input the quantity for that item you are returning.
- Input the serial numbers, if the items are radios by clicking on the “Enter Serial #s”
box.
- Click the box “Add Line” for the next item to input.
- When finished inputting the lines then click the “Build Carton”.
- Print the packing slip for each carton and include it inside the carton.
- Retain a copy of all packing slip(s) for future reference.
To retain a soft copy of the packing slip, go to the browser and select File > Edit
with Microsoft Word to copy the file to Word.
2) Ship To: Motorola – Elgin, IL
Follow shipping instructions in the document:
Rebanding Equipment Return to MOTOROLA 11-06-2013 (included below)
Sprint-Nextel will be billed directly for shipping costs.
Motorola Rebanding Equipment Return Process 11-06-2013.docx MOTO 7.1
Rev Post-Negot 02/03/2015
Motorola Confidential Proprietary Page 160
Design, technical and pricing information contained in this offering is considered proprietary and may not be shared with
any person or agency not directly associated with the addressee without the express written consent of Motorola Solutions, Inc., or its designees.

Motorola 800 MHz Rebanding Project
Maricopa County, AZ Reconfiguration Proposal/Attachment G2
ONLY FOR: Returning Rebanding Equipment To Motorola – Elgin, IL
M O T O R O L A
R E B A N D I N G E Q U I P M E N T R E T U R N P R O C E S S
Section 1: Ship Via UPS Ground | Section 2: Ship Via Freight
o Packing Equipment for Return:
o Prepare Packing lists as stated in the Motorola Rebanding Equipment Return Process 10‐
16‐2013 document. A Packing list, showing all equipment included, must be in each box
shipped.
o When sending mobile or portable radios, include serial numbers on Packing lists; and
o Package radios such that the serial numbers point outward or upward in the box.
o Equipment delivered in a box needs to be returned in a box. Reuse packaging material
received.
o When reusing packaging, existing carrier labels should be removed or covered up.
o Pack equipment into boxes in a uniform manner for ease of verification and counts when
received.
o Accessories should be packaged, like kind together, in bags or smaller containers with
counts noted on the outside. These bags, or smaller containers, can then be placed into a
larger box
o If packing material is needed: Call Terry Sunday, Sprint‐Nextel Abilene, on (800) 599‐7235
Section 1: U P S G R O U N D P R O C E S S
After Packing Slips have been prepared and equipment is ready for shipment:
 Go to https://www.ups.com
 Log‐In User ID: r e b a n d i n g p r o c e s s < Lower Case – All‐One‐Word >
 Log‐In Password: S p r i n t < Case sensitive>
Note: To ensure returned equipment is credited correctly,
Use the Deal Number (DL#, Project Code) for the equipment in this shipment
On the Main UPS screen:
Rebanding Equipment Return to MOTOROLA 11-06-2013 MOTO 7.1
Rev Post-Negot 02/03/2015
Motorola Confidential Proprietary Page 161
Design, technical and pricing information contained in this offering is considered proprietary and may not be shared with
any person or agency not directly associated with the addressee without the express written consent of Motorola Solutions, Inc., or its designees.

Motorola 800 MHz Rebanding Project
Maricopa County, AZ Reconfiguration Proposal/Attachment G2
ONLY FOR: Returning Rebanding Equipment To Motorola – Elgin, IL
UPS GROUND ‐ Log In screens:
Create A Shipment screen: [1] Where is this shipment going?
Rebanding Equipment Return to MOTOROLA 11-06-2013 MOTO 7.1
Rev Post-Negot 02/03/2015
Page 162
Motorola Confidential Proprietary
Design, technical and pricing information contained in this offering is considered proprietary and may not be shared with
any person or agency not directly associated with the addressee without the express written consent of Motorola Solutions, Inc., or its designees.

Motorola 800 MHz Rebanding Project
Maricopa County, AZ Reconfiguration Proposal/Attachment G2
ONLY FOR: Returning Rebanding Equipment To Motorola – Elgin, IL
Corporate Address Book screen:
Continued on Next Page…
Rebanding Equipment Return to MOTOROLA 11-06-2013 MOTO 7.1
Rev Post-Negot 02/03/2015
Page 163
Motorola Confidential Proprietary
Design, technical and pricing information contained in this offering is considered proprietary and may not be shared with
any person or agency not directly associated with the addressee without the express written consent of Motorola Solutions, Inc., or its designees.

Motorola 800 MHz Rebanding Project
Maricopa County, AZ Reconfiguration Proposal/Attachment G2
ONLY FOR: Returning Rebanding Equipment To Motorola – Elgin, IL
Create A Shipment screen:
[2] Where is this shipment coming from?
Continued on Next Page…
Rebanding Equipment Return to MOTOROLA 11-06-2013 MOTO 7.1
Rev Post-Negot 02/03/2015
Page 164
Motorola Confidential Proprietary
Design, technical and pricing information contained in this offering is considered proprietary and may not be shared with
any person or agency not directly associated with the addressee without the express written consent of Motorola Solutions, Inc., or its designees.

Motorola 800 MHz Rebanding Project
Maricopa County, AZ Reconfiguration Proposal/Attachment G2
ONLY FOR: Returning Rebanding Equipment To Motorola – Elgin, IL
Create A Shipment:
[2] Where is this shipment coming from? – Edit Ship From Address screen:
Continued on Next Page…
Rebanding Equipment Return to MOTOROLA 11-06-2013 MOTO 7.1
Rev Post-Negot 02/03/2015
Page 165
Motorola Confidential Proprietary
Design, technical and pricing information contained in this offering is considered proprietary and may not be shared with
any person or agency not directly associated with the addressee without the express written consent of Motorola Solutions, Inc., or its designees.

Motorola 800 MHz Rebanding Project
Maricopa County, AZ Reconfiguration Proposal/Attachment G2
ONLY FOR: Returning Rebanding Equipment To Motorola – Elgin, IL
Create A Shipment: [3] What are you shipping?
Create A Shipment: [4] How would you like to ship?
Continued on Next Page…
Rebanding Equipment Return to MOTOROLA 11-06-2013 MOTO 7.1
Rev Post-Negot 02/03/2015
Page 166
Motorola Confidential Proprietary
Design, technical and pricing information contained in this offering is considered proprietary and may not be shared with
any person or agency not directly associated with the addressee without the express written consent of Motorola Solutions, Inc., or its designees.

Motorola 800 MHz Rebanding Project
Maricopa County, AZ Reconfiguration Proposal/Attachment G2
ONLY FOR: Returning Rebanding Equipment To Motorola – Elgin, IL
Create A Shipment: [5] Would you like to add reference numbers to this shipment?
Create A Shipment: [6] How would you like to pay?
Create A Shipment: [7] Would you like to schedule a pickup?
Continued on Next Page…
Rebanding Equipment Return to MOTOROLA 11-06-2013 MOTO 7.1
Rev Post-Negot 02/03/2015
Page 167
Motorola Confidential Proprietary
Design, technical and pricing information contained in this offering is considered proprietary and may not be shared with
any person or agency not directly associated with the addressee without the express written consent of Motorola Solutions, Inc., or its designees.

Motorola 800 MHz Rebanding Project
Maricopa County, AZ Reconfiguration Proposal/Attachment G2
ONLY FOR: Returning Rebanding Equipment To Motorola – Elgin, IL
Note: If, on [3] What are you shipping? above,
You Selected “Use the same values for all packages = No”,
On the next screen, enter information for all packages…
Continued on Next Page…
Rebanding Equipment Return to MOTOROLA 11-06-2013 MOTO 7.1
Rev Post-Negot 02/03/2015
Page 168
Motorola Confidential Proprietary
Design, technical and pricing information contained in this offering is considered proprietary and may not be shared with
any person or agency not directly associated with the addressee without the express written consent of Motorola Solutions, Inc., or its designees.

Motorola 800 MHz Rebanding Project
Maricopa County, AZ Reconfiguration Proposal/Attachment G2
ONLY FOR: Returning Rebanding Equipment To Motorola – Elgin, IL
Note: If, on [7] Would you like to schedule a Pickup?,
You Selected “Schedule” a Pickup, On the Additional Shipping Options screen,
Enter [1] Schedule a Pickup information…
Continued on Next Page…
Rebanding Equipment Return to MOTOROLA 11-06-2013 MOTO 7.1
Rev Post-Negot 02/03/2015
Page 169
Motorola Confidential Proprietary
Design, technical and pricing information contained in this offering is considered proprietary and may not be shared with
any person or agency not directly associated with the addressee without the express written consent of Motorola Solutions, Inc., or its designees.

Motorola 800 MHz Rebanding Project
Maricopa County, AZ Reconfiguration Proposal/Attachment G2
ONLY FOR: Returning Rebanding Equipment To Motorola – Elgin, IL
Additional Shipping Options, [2] E‐mail Notifications
Continued on Next Page…
Rebanding Equipment Return to MOTOROLA 11-06-2013 MOTO 7.1
Rev Post-Negot 02/03/2015
Page 170
Motorola Confidential Proprietary
Design, technical and pricing information contained in this offering is considered proprietary and may not be shared with
any person or agency not directly associated with the addressee without the express written consent of Motorola Solutions, Inc., or its designees.

Motorola 800 MHz Rebanding Project
Maricopa County, AZ Reconfiguration Proposal/Attachment G2
ONLY FOR: Returning Rebanding Equipment To Motorola – Elgin, IL
Review Your Shipment Details screen
Continued on Next Page…
Rebanding Equipment Return to MOTOROLA 11-06-2013 MOTO 7.1
Rev Post-Negot 02/03/2015
Page 171
Motorola Confidential Proprietary
Design, technical and pricing information contained in this offering is considered proprietary and may not be shared with
any person or agency not directly associated with the addressee without the express written consent of Motorola Solutions, Inc., or its designees.

Motorola 800 MHz Rebanding Project
Maricopa County, AZ Reconfiguration Proposal/Attachment G2
ONLY FOR: Returning Rebanding Equipment To Motorola – Elgin, IL
At the bottom of the “Review Your Shipment Details” screen
Shipment Confirmation – Print Shipping Documents [ Shipping Labels & Receipt ]
Continued on Next Page…
Rebanding Equipment Return to MOTOROLA 11-06-2013 MOTO 7.1
Rev Post-Negot 02/03/2015
Page 172
Motorola Confidential Proprietary
Design, technical and pricing information contained in this offering is considered proprietary and may not be shared with
any person or agency not directly associated with the addressee without the express written consent of Motorola Solutions, Inc., or its designees.

Motorola 800 MHz Rebanding Project
Maricopa County, AZ Reconfiguration Proposal/Attachment G2
ONLY FOR: Returning Rebanding Equipment To Motorola – Elgin, IL
Printing Shipping Labels
After Printing Shipping Labels
Continued on Next Page…
Rebanding Equipment Return to MOTOROLA 11-06-2013 MOTO 7.1
Rev Post-Negot 02/03/2015
Page 173
Motorola Confidential Proprietary
Design, technical and pricing information contained in this offering is considered proprietary and may not be shared with
any person or agency not directly associated with the addressee without the express written consent of Motorola Solutions, Inc., or its designees.

Motorola 800 MHz Rebanding Project
Maricopa County, AZ Reconfiguration Proposal/Attachment G2
ONLY FOR: Returning Rebanding Equipment To Motorola – Elgin, IL
Additional Notes Regarding UPS Shipping Labels:
 Remove, or cross out, old labels or other shipment markings from boxes.
 Fold the printed label at the solid line.
Place the label in a UPS Shipping Pouch. If you do not have a pouch, affix the folded label
using clear plastic shipping tape over the entire label.
 Place the shipping label on the top of the box; and
To avoid confusion, place only one address label on the box.
 Note: UPS does not provide special handling for packages marked "Fragile”, or with
package orientation (e.g., "UP" arrows or "This End Up" markings), or any other similar
markings
Shipment Receipt shows Tracking Numbers – Retain for your Records
Continued on Next Page…
Rebanding Equipment Return to MOTOROLA 11-06-2013 MOTO 7.1
Rev Post-Negot 02/03/2015
Motorola Confidential Proprietary Page 174
Design, technical and pricing information contained in this offering is considered proprietary and may not be shared with
any person or agency not directly associated with the addressee without the express written consent of Motorola Solutions, Inc., or its designees.

Motorola 800 MHz Rebanding Project
Maricopa County, AZ Reconfiguration Proposal/Attachment G2
ONLY FOR: Returning Rebanding Equipment To Motorola – Elgin, IL
After Shipping Documents are Printed ‐ Logout
Section 2: Freight Process on Next Page…
Rebanding Equipment Return to MOTOROLA 11-06-2013 MOTO 7.1
Rev Post-Negot 02/03/2015
Page 175
Motorola Confidential Proprietary
Design, technical and pricing information contained in this offering is considered proprietary and may not be shared with
any person or agency not directly associated with the addressee without the express written consent of Motorola Solutions, Inc., or its designees.

Motorola 800 MHz Rebanding Project
Maricopa County, AZ Reconfiguration Proposal/Attachment G2
ONLY FOR: Returning Rebanding Equipment To Motorola – Elgin, IL
Section 2: F R E I G H T P R O C E S S
NOTE: YOU MUST SPECIFY THE PICK UP IS FOR 800 MHz REBANDING
WHETHER CALLING OR EMAILING YOUR FREIGHT PICK UP REQUEST
To arrange for freight shipment, the Incumbent or Representative will need to contact SCM
Transportation.
Send an email or call:
Email ‐ SCMTransportation@sprint.com; or
Call ‐ (866) 763‐2444 and reference equipment pick up for 800 MHz re‐banding
> In email, include: Deal Number (e.g., DL89104#####) and your Contact Information
The following information will be needed to schedule a freight pickup / shipment
 Deal Number / Project Code:
- Example DL89104#####
 Point of Contact (POC) Information:
- Name and phone number
 Pickup Location Information:
- Name of Company; Street Address, City, State, Zip;
- Days and Hours of operation, including if closed for lunch; and
- Does location have a Loading Dock and/or is it Tractor‐trailer accessible?
 Pallet Information:
- How many will be picked up?; and what are the
- Dimensions [ L x W x H ] and the weight for each pallet?
And…
 Does the freight company need to bring anything?
- Example: Lift‐gate; Dolly; Pallet Jack; Shrink Wrap; Banding Equipment; etc.
***Please Note ‐ Packing lists will still need to be provided in each box as stated in the
Motorola Rebanding Equipment Return Process document.
Destination: Motorola c/o CTDI
800 MHz Re‐banding Project
2372 Galvin Drive
Elgin, IL 60124
Terry Henry (contact for all carriers about all shipments to Elgin)
Cell: 847‐513‐2159, Office: 847‐783‐2817, email: terryhenry@ctdi.com
Rebanding Equipment Return to MOTOROLA 11-06-2013 MOTO 7.1
Rev Post-Negot 02/03/2015
Motorola Confidential Proprietary Page 176
Design, technical and pricing information contained in this offering is considered proprietary and may not be shared with
any person or agency not directly associated with the addressee without the express written consent of Motorola Solutions, Inc., or its designees.

Motorola 800 MHz Rebanding Project
Maricopa County, AZ Reconfiguration Proposal/Attachment G3
ONLY FOR: Returning Rebanding Equipment To Sprint‐Nextel Abilene
S P R I N T ‐ N E X T E L A B I L E N E
R E B A N D I N G E Q U I P M E N T R E T U R N P R O C E S S
For any equipment that needs to be returned to Sprint Nextel in
Abilene, the project team must follow the current Sprint Nextel
equipment return process in the NextelERTS tutorial videos and User
Guide PDF available online at: http://nextelerts.com/UserGuide.aspx
(See User Guide PDF, pages 37‐44.)
Rebanding Equipment Return to ABILENE 11-06-2013 MOTO 7.1
Rev Post-Negot 02/03/2015
Motorola Confidential Proprietary Page 177
Design, technical and pricing information contained in this offering is considered proprietary and may not be shared with
any person or agency not directly associated with the addressee without the express written consent of Motorola Solutions, Inc., or its designees.